-/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, and
- globbing substitutions. */
+/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
+ and globbing substitutions. */
-/* Copyright (C) 1987,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
+ beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
- Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
- the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
- Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
- version.
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
- Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
- WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
- FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
- for more details.
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
#include "config.h"
#include "bashtypes.h"
#include <stdio.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
#include <signal.h>
#include <errno.h>
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
+#define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
+
#include "bashansi.h"
#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "jobs.h"
#include "execute_cmd.h"
#include "pathexp.h"
#include "mailcheck.h"
-#if !defined (HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS) /* for getc_with_restart */
-#include "input.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_MBSTR_H) && defined (HAVE_MBSCHR)
+# include <mbstr.h> /* mbschr */
#endif
+#include "typemax.h"
#include "builtins/getopt.h"
#include "builtins/common.h"
+#include "builtins/builtext.h"
+
#include <tilde/tilde.h>
-#include <glob/fnmatch.h>
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
#if !defined (errno)
extern int errno;
#define VT_POSPARMS 1
#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
+#define VT_ASSOCVAR 4
+
+#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
+#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
+#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
#define LBRACE '{'
#define RBRACE '}'
#define LPAREN '('
#define RPAREN ')'
+#define LBRACK '['
+#define RBRACK ']'
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define WLPAREN L'('
+#define WRPAREN L')'
+#endif
+
+#define DOLLAR_AT_STAR(c) ((c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+#define STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR(s) (DOLLAR_AT_STAR ((s)[0]) && (s)[1] == '\0')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
+ can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
+#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
+ indirect variable reference may be made. */
+#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
+ ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
+ in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
+#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
+#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
+ (*name && ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
+ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
+ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))))
+
+/* This can be used by all of the *_extract_* functions that have a similar
+ structure. It can't just be wrapped in a do...while(0) loop because of
+ the embedded `break'. The dangling else accommodates a trailing semicolon;
+ we could also put in a do ; while (0) */
+
+#define CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN(oind, ind, len, ch) \
+ if (ind >= len) \
+ { \
+ oind = len; \
+ ch = 0; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else \
+
+/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
+ a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
+ expand_string_if_necessary(). */
+typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC PARAMS((char *, int));
/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
-/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
-extern int last_command_exit_value, interactive, interactive_shell;
-extern int subshell_environment, startup_state;
-extern int dollar_dollar_pid;
-extern int posixly_correct;
-extern char *this_command_name;
-extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
-extern int wordexp_only;
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+char *ifs_value;
+unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+int ifs_is_set, ifs_is_null;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
+unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, command substitution inherits the value of errexit option */
+int inherit_errexit = 0;
-extern void getopts_reset ();
+/* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
+ command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
+ we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
+int assigning_in_environment;
+
+/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
+ so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
+ SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
+WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
+ errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
+int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
a null file. */
int allow_null_glob_expansion;
+/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
+int fail_glob_expansion;
+
+/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
+extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
+extern int wordexp_only;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+extern PROCESS *last_procsub_child;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern wchar_t *wcsdup PARAMS((const wchar_t *));
+#endif
+
+#if 0
/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
- expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c. */
+ expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
+ (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
char *glob_argv_flags;
static int glob_argv_flags_size;
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
+/* Distinguished error values to return from expansion functions */
static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
-static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal;
-
-static int doing_completion = 0;
-
-static char *make_quoted_char ();
-static void remove_quoted_nulls ();
-static char *param_expand ();
-static char *maybe_expand_string ();
-static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal ();
-static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal ();
-static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal (), *expand_word_list_internal ();
-static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted ();
-static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs ();
-static char *getifs ();
-static WORD_LIST *word_list_split ();
-static WORD_LIST *quote_list (), *dequote_list ();
-static char *quote_escapes ();
-static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes ();
-static int unquoted_substring (), unquoted_member ();
-static int do_assignment_internal ();
-static char *string_extract_verbatim (), *string_extract ();
-static char *string_extract_double_quoted (), *string_extract_single_quoted ();
-static char *string_list_dollar_at (), *string_list_dollar_star ();
-static inline int skip_single_quoted (), skip_double_quoted ();
-static char *extract_delimited_string ();
-static char *extract_dollar_brace_string ();
+static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal;
+static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal, expand_param_unset;
+static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal;
+
+/* Set by expand_word_unsplit and several of the expand_string_XXX functions;
+ used to inhibit splitting and re-joining $* on $IFS, primarily when doing
+ assignment statements. The idea is that if we're in a context where this
+ is set, we're not going to be performing word splitting, so we use the same
+ rules to expand $* as we would if it appeared within double quotes. */
+static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
+ without any leading variable assignments. */
+static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+static char *quoted_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static int quoted_strlen PARAMS((char *));
+static char *quoted_strchr PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *expand_string_if_necessary PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal PARAMS((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted PARAMS((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_pat PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static char *quote_escapes_internal PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *list_dequote_escapes PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static char *make_quoted_char PARAMS((int));
+static WORD_LIST *quote_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static int unquoted_substring PARAMS((char *, char *));
+static int unquoted_member PARAMS((int, char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static int do_assignment_internal PARAMS((const WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+static char *string_extract_verbatim PARAMS((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *, int));
+static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted PARAMS((char *, int *));
+static inline int skip_single_quoted PARAMS((const char *, size_t, int, int));
+static int skip_double_quoted PARAMS((char *, size_t, int, int));
+static char *extract_delimited_string PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
+static char *extract_dollar_brace_string PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int));
+static int skip_matched_pair PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int));
+
+static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+static char *remove_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static wchar_t *remove_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+static char *remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int match_upattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int match_wpattern PARAMS((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
+#endif
+static int match_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+static int getpatspec PARAMS((int, char *));
+static char *getpattern PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *list_remove_pattern PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern PARAMS((int, char *, int, int));
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_remove_pattern PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, int, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *string_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *array_var_assignment PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, int, int, int));
+#endif
+static char *pos_params_assignment PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static char *string_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+static char *list_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_transform PARAMS((int, int, int));
+#if defined ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_transform PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR *, int, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_transform PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int, int));
+static int valid_parameter_transform PARAMS((char *));
+
+static char *process_substitute PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+static char *read_comsub PARAMS((int, int, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static arrayind_t array_length_reference PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int valid_brace_expansion_word PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int chk_atstar PARAMS((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static int chk_arithsub PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t *));
+static char *parameter_brace_find_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
+static void parameter_brace_expand_error PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int valid_length_expression PARAMS((char *));
+static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length PARAMS((char *));
+
+static char *skiparith PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int verify_substring_values PARAMS((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
+static int get_var_and_type PARAMS((char *, char *, arrayind_t, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
+static char *mb_substring PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_substring PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static int shouldexp_replacement PARAMS((char *));
+
+static char *pos_params_pat_subst PARAMS((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_patsub PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_casemod PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *param_expand PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal PARAMS((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *word_list_split PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static void exp_jump_to_top_level PARAMS((int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments PARAMS((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
+static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static int make_internal_declare PARAMS((char *, char *, char *));
+static void expand_compound_assignment_word PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_declaration_argument PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, WORD_LIST *));
+#endif
+static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal PARAMS((WORD_LIST *, int));
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
-/* Cons a new string from STRING starting at START and ending at END,
- not including END. */
-char *
-substring (string, start, end)
- char *string;
- int start, end;
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+void
+dump_word_flags (flags)
+ int flags;
{
- register int len;
- register char *result;
+ int f;
- len = end - start;
- result = xmalloc (len + 1);
- strncpy (result, string + start, len);
- result[len] = '\0';
- return (result);
+ f = flags;
+ fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f);
+ if (f & W_ARRAYIND)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARRAY;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_SAWQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOPROCSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DQUOTE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DQUOTE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNGLOBAL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_EXPANDRHS)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_EXPANDRHS;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_EXPANDRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ITILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ITILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOTILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOASSNTILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOASSNTILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOASSNTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARSTAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARSTAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARAT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARAT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_TILDEEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_TILDEEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOBRACE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOBRACE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOBRACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOGLOB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOGLOB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_SPLITSPACE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_SPLITSPACE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_QUOTED)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_QUOTED;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASDOLLAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_COMPLETE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_COMPLETE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPLETE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_CHKLOCAL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_CHKLOCAL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_CHKLOCAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_FORCELOCAL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_FORCELOCAL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_FORCELOCAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
}
+#endif
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
static char *
quoted_substring (string, start, end)
char *string;
{
if (*s == CTLESC)
{
- s++;
- continue;
+ s++;
+ continue;
}
l++;
if (*s == 0)
- break;
+ break;
}
- r = result = xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
/* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
s = string + l;
for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
{
if (*s == CTLESC)
- *r++ = *s++;
+ *r++ = *s++;
*r++ = *s;
l++;
if (*s == 0)
- break;
+ break;
}
*r = '\0';
return result;
}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
+static int
+quoted_strlen (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+ int i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == CTLESC)
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ return (i + 1);
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
-static inline char *
+static char *
quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
char *s;
int c, flags;
}
/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
- STRING. Return 0 otherwise. */
+ STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
static int
unquoted_member (character, string)
int character;
char *string;
{
+ size_t slen;
int sindex, c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sindex = 0;
+ while (c = string[sindex])
{
if (c == character)
return (1);
switch (c)
{
default:
- sindex++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\\':
sindex++;
if (string[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
- sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, ++sindex);
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
case '"':
- sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, ++sindex);
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
}
}
unquoted_substring (substr, string)
char *substr, *string;
{
+ size_t slen;
int sindex, c, sublen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
return (0);
+ slen = strlen (string);
sublen = strlen (substr);
for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
{
{
case '\\':
sindex++;
-
if (string[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
- sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, ++sindex);
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
case '"':
- sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, ++sindex);
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex, 0);
break;
default:
- sindex++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
break;
}
}
return (0);
}
+#endif
/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
-inline char *
+INLINE char *
sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
char *source, *target;
- int *indx, *size;
+ int *indx;
+ size_t *size;
{
if (source)
{
- int srclen, n;
+ int n;
+ size_t srclen;
srclen = STRLEN (source);
if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
{
n = srclen + *indx;
n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
- target = xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
+ target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
}
FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
char *
sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
- int number, *indx, *size;
+ intmax_t number;
char *target;
+ int *indx;
+ size_t *size;
{
char *temp;
/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
- Understand about backslashes in the string. If VARNAME is non-zero,
- and array variables have been compiled into the shell, everything
- between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over. */
+ Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
+ is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
+ everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
+ If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
+ update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
+ contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
static char *
-string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, varname)
- char *string, *charlist;
- int *sindex, varname;
+string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
{
register int c, i;
+ int found;
+ size_t slen;
char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ found = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
{
if (c == '\\')
- if (string[i + 1])
- i++;
- else
- break;
+ {
+ if (string[i + 1])
+ i++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if (varname && c == '[')
+ else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == LBRACK)
{
int ni;
/* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
- ni = skipsubscript (string, i);
- if (string[ni] == ']')
+ ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
+ if (string[ni] == RBRACK)
i = ni;
}
#endif
else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ {
+ found = 1;
break;
+ }
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
+ error and let the caller deal with it. */
+ if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0)
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (&extract_string_error);
}
- c = i - *sindex;
- temp = xmalloc (1 + c);
- strncpy (temp, string + *sindex, c);
- temp[c] = '\0';
+
+ temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
+
return (temp);
}
quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
-static inline char *
-string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq)
+static char *
+string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, flags)
char *string;
- int *sindex, stripdq;
+ int *sindex, flags;
{
- int c, j, i, t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *send;
+ int j, i, t;
+ unsigned char c;
char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
int dquote;
+ int stripdq;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ stripdq = (flags & SX_STRIPDQ);
pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
- temp = xmalloc (1 + strlen (string) - *sindex);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
- for (j = 0, i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ j = 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
{
/* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
if (pass_next)
{
+ /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
/* Posix.2 sez:
``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
character only when followed by one of the characters:
- $ ` " \ <newline>''.
+ $ ` " \ <newline>''.
If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
- /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
- backslashes before characters for which the backslash
- retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
- front of other characters. If we are not in an
- embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
- This mess is necessary because the string was already
- surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
- quoting rules).
- The returned string will be run through expansion as if
- it were double-quoted. */
+ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
+ backslashes before characters for which the backslash
+ retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
+ front of other characters. If we are not in an
+ embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
+ This mess is necessary because the string was already
+ surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
+ quoting rules).
+ The returned string will be run through expansion as if
+ it were double-quoted. */
if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
- (stripdq && ((dquote && strchr (slashify_in_quotes, c)) || dquote == 0)))
+ (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
temp[j++] = '\\';
- temp[j++] = c;
pass_next = 0;
+
+add_one_character:
+ COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
continue;
}
if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next++;
+ i++;
continue;
}
{
if (c == '`')
backquote = 0;
- temp[j++] = c;
+ temp[j++] = c; /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
+ i++;
continue;
}
{
temp[j++] = c;
backquote++;
+ i++;
continue;
}
${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
{
+ int free_ret = 1;
+
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
- ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")"); /*)*/
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, (flags & SX_COMPLETE));
else
- ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 1);
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0);
temp[j++] = '$';
temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
+ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
+ {
+ free_ret = 0;
+ ret = string + i + 2;
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN here? */
for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
temp[j] = ret[t];
- temp[j++] = string[si];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
- i = si;
- free (ret);
+ if (si < i + 2) /* we went back? */
+ i += 2;
+ else if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
+
+ if (free_ret)
+ free (ret);
continue;
}
/* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
- accumulating. */
+ accumulating. */
if (c != '"')
- {
- temp[j++] = c;
- continue;
- }
+ goto add_one_character;
/* c == '"' */
if (stripdq)
{
dquote ^= 1;
+ i++;
continue;
}
}
/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
-static inline int
-skip_double_quoted (string, sind)
+static int
+skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags)
char *string;
+ size_t slen;
int sind;
+ int flags;
{
- int c, j, i;
+ int c, i;
char *ret;
int pass_next, backquote, si;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
pass_next = backquote = 0;
-
- for (j = 0, i = sind; c = string[i]; i++)
+ i = sind;
+ while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '\\')
{
pass_next++;
+ i++;
continue;
}
else if (backquote)
{
if (c == '`')
backquote = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
else if (c == '`')
{
backquote++;
+ i++;
continue;
}
else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
- ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")");
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC|(flags&SX_COMPLETE));
else
- ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0);
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC);
- i = si;
- free (ret);
+ /* These can consume the entire string if they are unterminated */
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+
+ i = si + 1;
continue;
}
else if (c != '"')
- continue;
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
else
break;
}
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
- register int i, j;
+ register int i;
+ size_t slen;
char *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (i = *sindex; string[i] && string[i] != '\''; i++)
- ;
+ /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
- j = i - *sindex;
- t = xmalloc (1 + j);
- strncpy (t, string + *sindex, j);
- t[j] = '\0';
+ t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
if (string[i])
i++;
return (t);
}
+/* Skip over a single-quoted string. We overload the SX_COMPLETE flag to mean
+ that we are splitting out words for completion and have encountered a $'...'
+ string, which allows backslash-escaped single quotes. */
static inline int
-skip_single_quoted (string, sind)
- char *string;
+skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ size_t slen;
int sind;
+ int flags;
{
- register int i;
+ register int c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (i = sind; string[i] && string[i] != '\''; i++)
- ;
- if (string[i])
- i++;
- return i;
+ c = sind;
+ while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
+ {
+ if ((flags & SX_COMPLETE) && string[c] == '\\' && string[c+1] == '\'' && string[c+2])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+ }
+
+ if (string[c])
+ c++;
+ return c;
}
/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
- that other stuff. Obeys quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
+ that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
static char *
-string_extract_verbatim (string, sindex, charlist)
- char *string, *charlist;
+string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
{
- register int i = *sindex;
+ register int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
int c;
char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
+ if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) && charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
{
temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
--*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
return temp;
}
- for (i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ /* This can never be called with charlist == NULL. If *charlist == NULL,
+ we can skip the loop and just return a copy of the string, updating
+ *sindex */
+ if (*charlist == 0)
{
- if (c == CTLESC)
- {
- i++;
- continue;
- }
+ temp = string + *sindex;
+ c = (*sindex == 0) ? slen : STRLEN (temp);
+ temp = savestring (temp);
+ *sindex += c;
+ return temp;
+ }
- if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ i = *sindex;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
+ if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c);
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
+ through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
+ remove_quoted_nulls. */
+ else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, i, slen, c);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (locale_utf8locale && slen > i && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (string[i]))
+ mblength = (string[i] != 0) ? 1 : 0;
+ else
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
- c = i - *sindex;
- temp = xmalloc (1 + c);
- strncpy (temp, string + *sindex, c);
- temp[c] = '\0';
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
+ temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
return (temp);
/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
- Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
+ XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
char *
-extract_command_subst (string, sindex)
+extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags)
char *string;
int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")"));
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN || (xflags & SX_COMPLETE))
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/
+ else
+ {
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ ret = xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags);
+ return ret;
+ }
}
-/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
char *
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]"));
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
char *
-extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex)
+extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex, xflags)
char *string;
char *starter;
int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")"));
+#if 0
+ /* XXX - check xflags&SX_COMPLETE here? */
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND));
+#else
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
+#endif
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
+ each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
+ we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
char *
extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "(", (char *)NULL, ")"));
+ int slen;
+ char *ret;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ if (string[slen - 1] == RPAREN)
+ {
+ ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1);
+ *sindex = slen - 1;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
#endif
contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
needs to be skipped. */
static char *
-extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer)
+extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
char *string;
int *sindex;
char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
+ int flags;
{
int i, c, si;
+ size_t slen;
char *t, *result;
- int pass_character, nesting_level;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment;
int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
- pass_character = 0;
+ pass_character = in_comment = 0;
nesting_level = 1;
i = *sindex;
{
c = string[i];
+ /* If a recursive call or a call to ADVANCE_CHAR leaves the index beyond
+ the end of the string, catch it and cut the loop. */
+ if (i > slen)
+ {
+ i = slen;
+ c = string[i = slen];
+ break;
+ }
+
if (c == 0)
- break;
+ break;
- if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
+ if (in_comment)
{
- pass_character = 0;
- i++;
+ if (c == '\n')
+ in_comment = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
- if (c == CTLESC)
+ if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
{
- pass_character++;
- i++;
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
-#if 0
- if (c == '\\' && delimiter == '"' &&
- (member (string[i], slashify_in_quotes)))
-#else
- if (c == '\\')
-#endif
+ /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
+ multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1])))
+ {
+ in_comment = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
{
pass_character++;
i++;
continue;
}
+ /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
+ arithmetic substitution. */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
/* Process a nested OPENER. */
if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
{
si = i + len_opener;
- t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer);
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
- FREE (t);
continue;
}
if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
{
si = i + len_alt_opener;
- t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer);
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
i = si + 1;
- FREE (t);
continue;
}
the nesting level. */
if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
{
- i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last char of the closer */
+ i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
nesting_level--;
if (nesting_level == 0)
break;
/* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
if (c == '`')
- {
- si = i + 1;
- t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", 0);
- i = si + 1;
- FREE (t);
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Pass single-quoted strings through verbatim. */
- if (c == '\'')
- {
- si = i + 1;
- i = skip_single_quoted (string, si);
- continue;
- }
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
- /* Pass embedded double-quoted strings through verbatim as well. */
- if (c == '"')
- {
- si = i + 1;
- i = skip_double_quoted (string, si);
- continue;
- }
+ /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
+ continue;
+ }
- i++; /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
{
- report_error ("bad substitution: no `%s' in %s", closer, string);
- jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
}
si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
- result = xmalloc (1 + si);
- strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
- result[si] = '\0';
+ if (flags & SX_NOALLOC)
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
+ strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
+ result[si] = '\0';
+ }
*sindex = i;
return (result);
occurs inside double quotes. */
/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
static char *
-extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted)
+extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
char *string;
- int *sindex, quoted;
+ int *sindex, quoted, flags;
{
- register int i, c, l;
- int pass_character, nesting_level, si;
+ register int i, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state;
char *result, *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
pass_character = 0;
-
nesting_level = 1;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+
+ /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
+ parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
+ case where this function is called to parse the word in
+ ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
+ dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_WORD) ? DOLBRACE_WORD : DOLBRACE_PARAM;
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && (flags & SX_POSIXEXP))
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
- for (i = *sindex; (c = string[i]); i++)
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_character)
{
pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
{
pass_character++;
+ i++;
continue;
}
if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
{
nesting_level++;
- i++;
+ i += 2;
continue;
}
nesting_level--;
if (nesting_level == 0)
break;
+ i++;
continue;
}
if (c == '`')
{
si = i + 1;
- t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", 0);
- i = si;
- free (t);
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+
+ i = si + 1;
continue;
}
if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
{
si = i + 2;
- t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")"); /*)*/
- i = si;
- free (t);
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+
+ i = si + 1;
continue;
}
- /* Pass the contents of single-quoted and double-quoted strings
- through verbatim. */
- if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */
+ if ((string[i] == '<' || string[i] == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_process_subst (string, (string[i] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '"')
{
si = i + 1;
- i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, si)
- : skip_double_quoted (string, si);
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
/* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
- i--;
continue;
}
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+/*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
+ if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 42 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ else
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si, 0);
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (c == LBRACK && dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM)
+ {
+ si = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ if (string[si] == RBRACK)
+ c = string[i = si];
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
+ share the same defines. */
+ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE2; /* XXX */
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ /* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/
+ length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD;
}
- if (c == 0 && nesting_level && doing_completion == 0)
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
{
- report_error ("bad substitution: no ending `}' in %s", string);
- jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ { /* { */
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
}
- l = i - *sindex;
- result = xmalloc (1 + l);
- strncpy (result, string + *sindex, l);
- result[l] = '\0';
+ result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
return (result);
de_backslash (string)
char *string;
{
- register int i, l;
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (i = 0, l = strlen (string); i < l; i++)
- if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
string[i + 1] == '$'))
- strcpy (string + i, string + i + 1); /* XXX - should be memmove */
+ i++;
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
return (string);
}
register int i, j;
register char *temp;
- temp = xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
{
}
#endif
-#if defined (READLINE)
-/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
- an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
- by a backslash. DOING_COMPLETION is used to flag that the various
- single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
- error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. */
-
-#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { doing_completion = 0; return (x); } while (0)
+#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = oldjmp; return (x); } while (0)
-int
-char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
- char *string;
- int eindex;
+/* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
+ parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
+ matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
+ intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
+ assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()) or
+ during execution by a builtin which has already undergone word expansion. */
+static int
+skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, open, close, flags;
{
- int i, pass_next, quoted;
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count, oldjmp;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, *ss;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
- doing_completion = 1;
- for (i = pass_next = quoted = 0; i <= eindex; i++)
+ i = start + 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
+ count = 1;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ ss = (char *)string;
+ while (c = string[i])
{
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
- if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
- CQ_RETURN(1);
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
- else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '\\')
{
- i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, ++i)
- : skip_double_quoted (string, ++i);
- if (i > eindex)
- CQ_RETURN(1);
- i--; /* the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
}
- else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ else if (backq)
{
- pass_next = 1;
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open)
+ {
+ count++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == close)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0)
+ : skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i, 0);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if ((flags&1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ /* XXX - extract_command_subst here? */
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
continue;
}
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
- CQ_RETURN(0);
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
}
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Flags has 1 as a reserved value, since skip_matched_pair uses it for
+ skipping over quoted strings and taking the first instance of the
+ closing character. */
int
-unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
- char *string;
- int eindex;
- char *openstr;
+skipsubscript (string, start, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, flags;
{
- int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags));
+}
+#endif
- olen = strlen (openstr);
- for (i = pass_next = openc = 0; i <= eindex; i++)
- {
+/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
+ the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
+ begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
+ STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
+ a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
+ functions of that ilk. */
+int
+skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, si, c, oldjmp;
+ int invert, skipquote, skipcmd, noprocsub, completeflag;
+ int arithexp, skipcol;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, open[3];
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
+ if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ invert = (flags & SD_INVERT);
+ skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0;
+ noprocsub = (flags & SD_NOPROCSUB);
+ completeflag = (flags & SD_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0;
+
+ arithexp = (flags & SD_ARITHEXP);
+ skipcol = 0;
+
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = dquote = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
+ and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
+ test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
+ double-quoted strings. */
+ skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"'));
if (pass_next)
{
pass_next = 0;
- if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
- return 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
continue;
}
- else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ else if (c == '\\')
{
- openc = 1 - openc;
- i += olen - 1;
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
}
- else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ else if (backq)
{
- i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, i)
- : skip_double_quoted (string, i);
- if (i > eindex)
- return 0;
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
}
- else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ else if (c == '`')
{
- pass_next = 1;
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
continue;
}
- }
- return (openc);
-}
-#endif /* READLINE */
+ else if (arithexp && skipcol && c == ':')
+ {
+ skipcol--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (arithexp && c == '?')
+ {
+ skipcol++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims))
+ break;
+ /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
+ quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
+ delimiter. */
+ /* special case for programmable completion which takes place before
+ parser converts backslash-escaped single quotes between $'...' to
+ `regular' single-quoted strings. */
+ else if (completeflag && i > 0 && string[i-1] == '$' && c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE);
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, completeflag);
+ else if (c == LPAREN && arithexp)
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
-#if 0
-/* UNUSED */
-/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
-char *
-assignment_name (string)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ else if (skipcmd && noprocsub == 0 && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", "(", ")", SX_COMMAND|SX_NOALLOC); /* )) */
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@"))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ open[0] = c;
+ open[1] = LPAREN;
+ open[2] = '\0';
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+
+ CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i, si, slen, c);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if ((flags & SD_GLOB) && c == LBRACK)
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC); /* ] */
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0))
+ break;
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+/* Skip to the history expansion character (delims[0]), paying attention to
+ quoted strings and command and process substitution. This is a stripped-
+ down version of skip_to_delims. The essential difference is that this
+ resets the quoting state when starting a command substitution */
+int
+skip_to_histexp (string, start, delims, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, dquote, c, oldjmp;
+ int histexp_comsub, histexp_backq, old_dquote;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
+ if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+
+ histexp_comsub = histexp_backq = old_dquote = 0;
+
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = dquote = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq && c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 0;
+ histexp_backq--;
+ dquote = old_dquote;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ histexp_backq++;
+ old_dquote = dquote; /* simple - one level for now */
+ dquote = 0;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* When in double quotes, act as if the double quote is a member of
+ history_no_expand_chars, like the history library does */
+ else if (dquote && c == delims[0] && string[i+1] == '"')
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == delims[0])
+ break;
+ /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
+ quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
+ delimiter. */
+ else if (dquote && c == '\'')
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
+ /* The posixly_correct test makes posix-mode shells allow double quotes
+ to quote the history expansion character */
+ else if (posixly_correct == 0 && c == '"')
+ {
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ else if ((c == '$' || c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN)
+#else
+ else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN && string[i+2] != LPAREN)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (string[i+2] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(i+2);
+ i += 2;
+ histexp_comsub++;
+ old_dquote = dquote;
+ dquote = 0;
+ }
+ else if (histexp_comsub && c == RPAREN)
+ {
+ histexp_comsub--;
+ dquote = old_dquote;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq) /* placeholder */
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
+ an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
+ by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
+ single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
+ error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
+ recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
+ rl_completer_quote_characters. */
+
+int
+char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, c, oldjmp;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ oldjmp = no_longjmp_on_fatal_error;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = pass_next = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && string[i+1] == '\'' && string[i+2])
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN (i);
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i, 0)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i, SX_COMPLETE);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(0);
+}
+
+int
+unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+ char *openstr;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ olen = strlen (openstr);
+ i = pass_next = openc = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ return 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ {
+ openc = 1 - openc;
+ i += olen;
+ }
+ /* XXX - may want to handle $'...' specially here */
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i, 0)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i, SX_COMPLETE);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+ return (openc);
+}
+
+/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
+ individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
+ to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
+ rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
+ gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
+ the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
+ DELIMS delimit separate fields. This is used by programmable completion. */
+WORD_LIST *
+split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp)
+ char *string;
+ int slen;
+ char *delims;
+ int sentinel, flags;
+ int *nwp, *cwp;
+{
+ int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags;
+ char *token, *d, *d2;
+ WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ {
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = 0;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = 0;
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
+ ifs_split = delims == 0;
+
+ /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
+ d2 = 0;
+ if (delims)
+ {
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak;
+ state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
+ d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
+ }
+ d2[ts] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
+ long as those characters are delimiters. */
+ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (d2);
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ts = i;
+ nw = 0;
+ cw = -1;
+ dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
+ separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
+ is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
+ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
+ {
+ te = ts + 1;
+ /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
+ and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
+ if (ifs_split)
+ while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
+ te++;
+ else
+ while (member (string[te], d2) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
+ te++;
+ }
+
+ token = substring (string, ts, te);
+
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); /* XXX */
+ free (token);
+ nw++;
+
+ if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
+ sentinel word to the current word. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
+ word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
+ the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
+ {
+ tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
+ ret->next = tl;
+ cw = nw;
+ nw++;
+ }
+
+ if (string[te] == 0)
+ break;
+
+ i = te;
+ /* XXX - honor SD_NOQUOTEDELIM here */
+ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])) && ((flags&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) == 0 || (string[te] != '\'' && string[te] != '"')))
+ i++;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ ts = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
+ the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
+ the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
+ possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
+ add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
+ {
+ token = "";
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ nw++;
+ }
+ cw = nw;
+ }
+
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = nw;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = cw;
+
+ FREE (d2);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+char *
+assignment_name (string)
char *string;
{
int offset;
char *temp;
- offset = assignment (string);
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
if (offset == 0)
return (char *)NULL;
- temp = xmalloc (offset + 1);
- strncpy (temp, string, offset);
- temp[offset] = '\0';
+ temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
return (temp);
}
#endif
/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
-static char *
+char *
string_list_internal (list, sep)
WORD_LIST *list;
char *sep;
{
register WORD_LIST *t;
char *result, *r;
- int word_len, sep_len, result_size;
+ size_t word_len, sep_len, result_size;
if (list == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
+ /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
+ if (list->next == 0)
+ return (savestring (list->word->word));
+
/* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
result_size = 0;
result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
}
- r = result = xmalloc (result_size + 1);
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
{
return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
}
-/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
- quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
- expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
- to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
- first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
-static char *
-string_list_dollar_star (list)
- WORD_LIST *list;
+/* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
+ obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
+ the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
+ length of the returned string. */
+char *
+ifs_firstchar (lenp)
+ int *lenp;
{
- char *ifs, sep[2];
+ char *ret;
+ int len;
+
+ ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = len;
+
+ return ret;
+}
- ifs = get_string_value ("IFS");
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
+ quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
+ expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
+ to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
+ first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
+/* Posix interpretation 888 changes this when IFS is null by specifying
+ that when unquoted, this expands to separate arguments */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, flags)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
- sep[0] = (ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
- return (string_list_internal (list, sep));
+ ret = string_list_internal (list, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
}
/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
<space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
- exactly. */
-static char *
-string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted)
+ exactly.
+ Valid values for the FLAGS argument are the PF_ flags in command.h,
+ the only one we care about is PF_ASSIGNRHS. $@ is supposed to expand
+ to the positional parameters separated by spaces no matter what IFS is
+ set to if in a context where word splitting is not performed. The only
+ one that we didn't handle before is assignment statement arguments to
+ declaration builtins like `declare'. */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, flags)
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
+ int flags;
{
- char *ifs, sep[2];
+ char *ifs, *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
WORD_LIST *tlist;
- ifs = get_string_value ("IFS");
+ /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
+ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
- sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ /* XXX - testing PF_ASSIGNRHS to make sure positional parameters are
+ separated with a space even when word splitting will not occur. */
+ if (flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+ /* XXX - PF_ASSIGNRHS means no word splitting, so we want positional
+ parameters separated by a space. */
+ sep[0] = ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) || ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
- tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0))
+ /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
+ it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
+ tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
? quote_list (list)
: list_quote_escapes (list);
- return (string_list_internal (tlist, sep));
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and
+ the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
+ separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
+ string_list as appropriate. */
+/* This needs to fully understand the additional contexts where word
+ splitting does not occur (W_ASSIGNRHS, etc.) */
+char *
+string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted, pflags)
+ int pchar;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted, pflags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist, 0, 0);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */
+ ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (pchar == '*' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)) /* XXX */
+ ret = expand_no_split_dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (pchar == '*')
+ {
+ /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
+ making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
+ separator. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
+ that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
+ use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
+ thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
+ string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
+ the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
+ later splitting. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0);
+ else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null) /* XXX */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (pchar == '@' && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags); /* Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (pchar == '@')
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list);
+
+ return ret;
}
/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
STRING. */
-#define issep(c) (member ((c), separators))
+#define issep(c) \
+ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
+ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
+ : 0)
+
+/* member of the space character class in the current locale */
+#define ifs_whitespace(c) ISSPACE(c)
+
+/* "adjacent IFS white space" */
+#define ifs_whitesep(c) ((sh_style_split || separators == 0) ? spctabnl (c) \
+ : ifs_whitespace (c))
WORD_LIST *
list_string (string, separators, quoted)
WORD_LIST *result;
WORD_DESC *t;
char *current_word, *s;
- int sindex, sh_style_split;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags, free_word;
+ size_t slen;
if (!string || !*string)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
- sh_style_split =
- separators && *separators && (STREQ (separators, " \t\n"));
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+ slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
- STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
+ STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. We use the
+ Posix definition of whitespace as a member of the space character
+ class in the current locale. */
+#if 0
if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
+#else
+ /* issep() requires that separators be non-null, and always returns 0 if
+ separator is the empty string, so don't bother if we get an empty string
+ for separators. We already returned NULL above if STRING is empty. */
+ if (!quoted && separators && *separators)
+#endif
{
- for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+ for (s = string; *s && issep (*s) && ifs_whitespace (*s); s++);
if (!*s)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
/* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
The splitting algorithm is:
- extract a word, stopping at a separator
- skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators
+ extract a word, stopping at a separator
+ skip sequences of whitespace characters as long as they are separators
This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ slen = STRLEN (string);
for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
{
- current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, &sindex, separators);
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
+ possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
if (current_word == 0)
break;
+ free_word = 1; /* If non-zero, we free current_word */
+
/* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
below. */
if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
{
- t = make_bare_word ("");
- t->flags |= W_QUOTED;
- free (t->word);
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
result = make_word_list (t, result);
}
else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
/* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
-#if 0
- result = make_word_list (make_word (current_word), result);
-#else
- result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result);
-#endif
+
+ /* We don't want to set the word flags based on the string contents
+ here -- that's mostly for the parser -- so we just allocate a
+ WORD_DESC *, assign current_word (noting that we don't want to
+ free it), and skip all of make_word. */
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = current_word;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ free_word = 0;
+ result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ /* If removing quoted null characters leaves an empty word, note
+ that we saw this for the caller to act on. */
+ if (current_word == 0 || current_word[0] == '\0')
+ result->word->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
}
/* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
- else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ else if (!sh_style_split && !ifs_whitespace (string[sindex]))
{
- t = make_bare_word ("");
- t->flags |= W_QUOTED;
- free (t->word);
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
result = make_word_list (t, result);
}
- free (current_word);
+ if (free_word)
+ free (current_word);
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]);
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (string[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
- /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ /* Now skip sequences of whitespace characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
- while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
+ while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
+ is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
+ field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
+ empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
+ adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
+ while (string[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
}
return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
}
/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
the `read' builtin.
+
+ This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS, and takes advantage of that.
+
XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
combined - XXX */
+
+/* character is in $IFS */
+#define islocalsep(c) (local_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
+
char *
get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
{
register char *s;
char *current_word;
- int sindex, sh_style_split;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ unsigned char local_cmap[UCHAR_MAX+1]; /* really only need single-byte chars here */
+ size_t slen;
if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
return ((char *)NULL);
- s = *stringp;
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ memset (local_cmap, '\0', sizeof (local_cmap));
+ for (xflags = 0, s = separators; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ local_cmap[(unsigned char)*s] = 1; /* local charmap of separators */
+ }
- sh_style_split =
- separators && *separators && (STREQ (separators, " \t\n"));
+ s = *stringp;
+ slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
- long as those characters appear in IFS. */
- if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
- {
- for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+ long as those characters appear in SEPARATORS. This happens if
+ SEPARATORS == $' \t\n' or if IFS is unset. */
+ if (sh_style_split || separators == 0)
+ for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++);
+ else
+ for (; *s && ifs_whitespace (*s) && islocalsep (*s); s++);
- /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
- if (!*s)
- {
- *stringp = s;
- if (endptr)
- *endptr = s;
- return ((char *)NULL);
- }
+ /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
+ if (!*s)
+ {
+ *stringp = s;
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
sindex = 0;
- current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, &sindex, separators);
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
+ possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
+ slen = STRLEN (s);
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
/* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
if (endptr)
*endptr = s + sindex;
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]);
+
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (s[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
- while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && issep (s[sindex]))
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && islocalsep (s[sindex]))
sindex++;
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
+ a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
+ delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
+ Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && islocalsep (s[sindex]) && !ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
+ IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
+ while (s[sindex] && ifs_whitesep (s[sindex]) && islocalsep(s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+
/* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
*stringp = s + sindex;
return (current_word);
char *s;
s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
- while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s)) ||
+ while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
(saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
s--;
*++s = '\0';
return string;
}
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
+ backslashes, single and double quotes. */
WORD_LIST *
list_string_with_quotes (string)
char *string;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
char *token, *s;
+ size_t s_len;
int c, i, tokstart, len;
for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ s_len = strlen (s);
tokstart = i = 0;
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
while (1)
i++;
}
else if (c == '\'')
- i = skip_single_quoted (s, ++i);
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0);
else if (c == '"')
- i = skip_double_quoted (s, ++i);
+ i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i, 0);
else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
{
/* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
add it to the word list. */
- len = i - tokstart;
- token = xmalloc (len + 1);
- strncpy (token, s + tokstart, len);
- token[len] = '\0';
-#if 0
- list = make_word_list (make_word (token), list);
-#else
+ token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
-#endif
free (token);
while (spctabnl (s[i]))
i++;
}
return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
}
-#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+#endif
/********************************************************/
/* */
/********************************************************/
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
-SHELL_VAR *
-do_array_element_assignment (name, value)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags)
char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
{
- char *t;
- int ind, ni;
- SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int mklocal, mkassoc, mkglobal, chklocal;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *newname; /* used for local nameref references */
- t = strchr (name, '[');
- if (t == 0)
- return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
- ind = t - name;
- ni = skipsubscript (name, ind);
- if ((ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[1]) && t[2] == ']') || (ni <= ind + 1))
+ mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC;
+ mkglobal = flags & ASS_MKGLOBAL;
+ chklocal = flags & ASS_CHKLOCAL;
+
+ if (mklocal && variable_context)
{
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", name);
- return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ v = find_variable (name); /* follows namerefs */
+ newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : v->name;
+ if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (v))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (v); /* XXX */
+ }
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (mkassoc)
+ v = make_local_assoc_variable (newname, 0);
+ else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context)
+ v = make_local_array_variable (newname, 0);
+ if (v)
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ /* In a function but forcing assignment in global context. CHKLOCAL means to
+ check for an existing local variable first. */
+ else if (mkglobal && variable_context)
+ {
+ v = chklocal ? find_variable (name) : 0;
+ if (v && (local_p (v) == 0 || v->context != variable_context))
+ v = 0;
+ if (v == 0)
+ v = find_global_variable (name);
+ if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (v))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (v); /* XXX */
+ }
+ /* sanity check */
+ newname = (v == 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name, flags) : name;
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (v == 0 && mkassoc)
+ v = make_new_assoc_variable (newname);
+ else if (v && mkassoc && assoc_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_assoc (v);
+ else if (v == 0)
+ v = make_new_array_variable (newname);
+ else if (v && mkassoc == 0 && array_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_array (v);
+ if (v)
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
}
- *t++ = '\0';
- ind = array_expand_index (t, ni - ind);
- if (ind < 0)
+ else
{
- t[-1] = '['; /* restore original name */
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", name);
- return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags);
+ if (v && ((readonly_p (v) && (flags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (v)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (v))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (v); /* XXX */
+ }
}
- entry = bind_array_variable (name, ind, value);
- t[-1] = '['; /* restore original name */
- return (entry);
+
+ return (v);
}
-#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+#endif
/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
static int
-do_assignment_internal (string, expand)
- char *string;
+do_assignment_internal (word, expand)
+ const WORD_DESC *word;
int expand;
{
- int offset;
- char *name, *value;
+ int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval;
+ char *name, *value, *temp;
SHELL_VAR *entry;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
char *t;
- int ni, assign_list = 0;
+ int ni;
#endif
+ const char *string;
+
+ if (word == 0 || word->word == 0)
+ return 0;
- offset = assignment (string);
+ appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0;
+ string = word->word;
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
name = savestring (string);
value = (char *)NULL;
if (name[offset] == '=')
{
- char *temp;
+ if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
+ {
+ appendop = 1;
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
- name[offset] = 0;
+ name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */
temp = name + offset + 1;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- if (expand && temp[0] == LPAREN && strchr (temp, RPAREN))
+ if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN))
{
assign_list = ni = 1;
- value = extract_delimited_string (temp, &ni, "(", (char *)NULL, ")");
+ value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni);
}
else
#endif
-
- /* Perform tilde expansion. */
if (expand && temp[0])
- {
- temp = (strchr (temp, '~') && unquoted_member ('~', temp))
- ? bash_tilde_expand (temp)
- : savestring (temp);
-
- value = maybe_expand_string (temp, 0, expand_string_unsplit);
- free (temp);
- }
+ value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment);
else
value = savestring (temp);
}
if (value == 0)
{
- value = xmalloc (1);
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
value[0] = '\0';
}
if (echo_command_at_execute)
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- if (assign_list)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s%s=(%s)\n", indirection_level_string (), name, value);
- else
-#endif
- fprintf (stderr, "%s%s=%s\n", indirection_level_string (), name, value);
+ {
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '+';
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
+ if (appendop)
+ aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- if (t = strchr (name, '['))
+ if (t = mbschr (name, LBRACK))
{
if (assign_list)
{
- report_error ("%s: cannot assign list to array member", name);
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
}
- entry = do_array_element_assignment (name, value);
+ entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags);
if (entry == 0)
- ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
}
else if (assign_list)
- entry = assign_array_from_string (name, value);
+ {
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL))
+ aflags |= ASS_CHKLOCAL;
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) == 0)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ aflags |= ASS_MKGLOBAL;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC;
+ entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags);
+ }
else
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
- entry = bind_variable (name, value);
-
- stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+ entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags);
if (entry)
- entry->attributes &= ~att_invisible;
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (entry->name); /* might be a nameref */
+ else
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
/* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
- ASSIGN_RETURN (entry ? ((entry->attributes & att_readonly) == 0) : 0);
+ if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry))
+ retval = 0; /* assignment failure */
+ else if (noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
+ }
+ else
+ retval = 1;
+
+ if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (retval);
}
/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
- right side by doing command and parameter expansion. */
+ right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
int
do_assignment (string)
char *string;
{
- return do_assignment_internal (string, 1);
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1);
+}
+
+int
+do_word_assignment (word, flags)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int flags;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (word, 1);
}
/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
- of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not do command and
- parameter substitution on the right hand side. */
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
+ expansions on the right hand side. */
int
do_assignment_no_expand (string)
char *string;
{
- return do_assignment_internal (string, 0);
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0));
}
/***************************************************
return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
}
-int
-number_of_args ()
-{
- register WORD_LIST *list;
- int n;
-
- for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++)
- ;
- for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next)
- n++;
- return n;
-}
-
/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
char *
get_dollar_var_value (ind)
- int ind;
+ intmax_t ind;
{
char *temp;
WORD_LIST *p;
{
ind -= 10;
for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
- ;
+ ;
temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
}
return (temp);
char *string;
list = list_rest_of_args ();
- string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list, 0, 0) : string_list (list);
dispose_words (list);
return (string);
}
/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
- which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. */
+ which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
+ Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
+ no quoting chars are added. */
static char *
-pos_params (string, start, end, quoted)
+pos_params (string, start, end, quoted, pflags)
char *string;
- int start, end, quoted;
+ int start, end, quoted, pflags;
{
WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
char *ret;
int i;
+ /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
+ if (start == end)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
- if (save == 0)
+ if (save == 0 && start > 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
- for (i = 1; params && i < start; i++)
+ if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
+ {
+ t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params);
+ save = params = t;
+ }
+
+ for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++)
params = params->next;
if (params == 0)
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ {
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
{
t = params;
params = params->next;
}
-
t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
- if (string[0] == '*')
- ret = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? string_list_dollar_star (h) : string_list (h);
- else
- ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (h) : h);
- t->next = params;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted, pflags);
+
+ if (t != params)
+ t->next = params;
dispose_words (save);
return (ret);
/******************************************************************/
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
-#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
#else
-#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
#endif
/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
static char *
-maybe_expand_string (string, quoted, func)
+expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
char *string;
int quoted;
- WORD_LIST *(*func)();
+ EXPFUNC *func;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
+ size_t slen;
int i, saw_quote;
char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (i = saw_quote = 0; string[i]; i++)
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
{
if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
break;
else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
if (string[i])
ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
else
ret = savestring (string);
+
return ret;
}
static inline char *
-expand_string_to_string (string, quoted, func)
+expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
char *string;
int quoted;
- WORD_LIST *(*func)();
+ EXPFUNC *func;
{
WORD_LIST *list;
char *ret;
return (ret);
}
-#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
-/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
char *
-remove_backslashes (string)
+expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
char *string;
+ int quoted;
{
- char *r, *ret, *s;
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
- r = ret = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
- for (s = string; s && *s; )
- {
- if (*s == '\\')
- s++;
- if (*s == 0)
- break;
- *r++ = *s++;
- }
- *r = '\0';
- return ret;
+char *
+expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
}
-/* This needs better error handling. */
-/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
- [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is nonzero, this is the rhs argument
- to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
- this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. The
- caller is responsible for removing the backslashes if the unquoted
- words is needed later. */
char *
-cond_expand_word (w, special)
- WORD_DESC *w;
- int special;
+expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
{
- char *r, *p;
- WORD_LIST *l;
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment));
+}
- if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
- return ((char *)NULL);
+char *
+expand_arith_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *list, *tlist;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
- if (l)
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
{
- if (special == 0)
- {
- dequote_list (l);
- r = string_list (l);
- }
- else
- {
- p = string_list (l);
- r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
- free (p);
- }
- dispose_words (l);
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
- else
- r = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ /* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by
+ expand_string_leave_quoted */
+ td.flags = W_NOPROCSUB|W_NOTILDE; /* don't want process substitution or tilde expansion */
+#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
+ if (quoted & Q_ARRAYSUB)
+ td.flags |= W_NOCOMSUB;
+#endif
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ list = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ /* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and
+ expand_string */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ tlist = word_list_split (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ list = tlist;
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+ }
+ /* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (td.word);
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && (quoted & Q_ARITH))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+remove_backslashes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ for (s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ s++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This needs better error handling. */
+/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
+ [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
+ to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
+ this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
+ SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
+ be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
+ for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. In
+ any case, since we don't perform word splitting, we need to do quoted
+ null character removal. */
+char *
+cond_expand_word (w, special)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int special;
+{
+ char *r, *p;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int qflags;
+
+ if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+ if (l)
+ {
+ if (special == 0) /* LHS */
+ {
+ if (l->word)
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
+ dequote_list (l);
+ r = string_list (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes
+ or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what
+ circumstances. */
+ qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL|QGLOB_CTLESC;
+ if (special == 2)
+ qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP;
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
+ p = string_list (l);
+ r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags);
+ free (p);
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ r = (char *)NULL;
return r;
}
WORD_LIST *result;
result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
- if (result == &expand_word_error)
+ if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
{
/* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
- already been freed. */
+ already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
+ but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
+ to exit in most cases). */
w->word = (char *)NULL;
- jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
/* NOTREACHED */
+ return (NULL);
}
- else if (result == &expand_word_fatal)
- jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
- /* NOTREACHED */
else
return (result);
}
/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
- expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted. */
+ expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
+ Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
+ in the result. */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
char *string;
if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
- bzero ((char *)&td, sizeof (td));
- td.word = string;
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+
+ FREE (td.word);
return (tresult);
}
{
WORD_LIST *value;
- if (!string || !*string)
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_assignment (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+
+#if 0
+ /* Other shells (ksh93) do it this way, which affects how $@ is expanded
+ in constructs like bar=${@#0} (preserves the spaces resulting from the
+ expansion of $@ in a context where you don't do word splitting); Posix
+ interp 888 makes the expansion of $@ in contexts where word splitting
+ is not performed unspecified. */
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOSPLIT2; /* Posix interp 888 */
+#else
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS;
+#endif
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ FREE (td.word);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+
+/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
+ expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
+ passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
+ to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ int wflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = wflags;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+ if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ return value;
+ }
+ FREE (td.word);
if (value)
{
if (value->word)
- remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); /* XXX */
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
dequote_list (value);
}
return (value);
/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
it returns. */
static WORD_LIST *
-expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at)
+expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, op, pflags, dollar_at_p, expanded_p)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted, op, pflags;
+ int *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+ int old_nosplit;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* We want field splitting to be determined by what is going to be done with
+ the entire ${parameterOPword} expansion, so we don't want to split the RHS
+ we expand here. However, the expansion of $* is determined by whether we
+ are going to eventually perform word splitting, so we want to set this
+ depending on whether or not are are going to be splitting: if the expansion
+ is quoted, if the OP is `=', or if IFS is set to the empty string, we
+ are not going to be splitting, so we set expand_no_split_dollar_star to
+ note this to callees.
+ We pass through PF_ASSIGNRHS as W_ASSIGNRHS if this is on the RHS of an
+ assignment statement. */
+ /* The updated treatment of $* is the result of Posix interp 888 */
+ /* This was further clarified on the austin-group list in March, 2017 and
+ in Posix bug 1129 */
+ old_nosplit = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || op == '=' || ifs_is_null == 0; /* XXX - was 1 */
+ td.flags = W_EXPANDRHS; /* expanding RHS of ${paramOPword} */
+ td.flags |= W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) /* pass through */
+ td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ if (op == '=')
+#if 0
+ td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
+#else
+ td.flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOASSNTILDE; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
+#endif
+ td.word = string;
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = old_nosplit;
+
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
+ it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_for_pat (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, expanded_p)
char *string;
- int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at;
+ int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *expanded_p;
{
WORD_DESC td;
WORD_LIST *tresult;
+ int oexp;
if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
- bzero ((char *)&td, sizeof (td));
+ oexp = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ td.flags = W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
td.word = string;
- tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at);
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, expanded_p);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = oexp;
+
return (tresult);
}
{
WORD_LIST *result;
- if (!string || !*string)
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
}
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ result = word_list_split (tresult);
+ dispose_words (tresult);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ result = expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
+ quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
+ could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ if (ifs_is_null)
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
/***************************************************
* *
* Functions to handle quoting chars *
A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
-/* The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
- This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
- data stream pass through properly.
- Here we remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
- quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
- characters. */
+/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
+ used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
+ the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
+ and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
+ in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
+ eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
+ code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
+ spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
+ a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
+ document (effectively double-quoted).
+ FLAGS says whether or not we are going to split the result. If we are not,
+ and there is a CTLESC or CTLNUL in IFS, we need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL,
+ respectively, to prevent them from being removed as part of dequoting. */
static char *
-remove_quoted_escapes (string)
- char *string;
+quote_escapes_internal (string, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int flags;
{
- register char *s;
- int docopy;
- char *t, *t1;
+ const char *s, *send;
+ char *t, *result;
+ size_t slen;
+ int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul, nosplit;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
- if (string == NULL)
- return (string);
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+ nosplit = (flags & PF_NOSPLIT2);
- t1 = t = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
- for (docopy = 0, s = string; *s; s++, t1++)
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
{
- if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL))
- {
- s++;
- docopy = 1;
- }
- *t1 = *s;
+ skip_ctlesc |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLESC);
+ skip_ctlnul |= (nosplit == 0 && *s == CTLNUL);
}
- *t1 = '\0';
- if (docopy)
- strcpy (string, t);
- free (t);
- return (string);
-}
-/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
- used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
- the word expansion process after the variable is expanded. */
-static char *
-quote_escapes (string)
- char *string;
-{
- register char *s, *t;
- char *result;
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+ s = string;
- result = xmalloc ((strlen (string) * 2) + 1);
- for (s = string, t = result; *s; )
+ while (*s)
{
- if (*s == CTLESC || *s == CTLNUL)
+ if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' '))
*t++ = CTLESC;
- *t++ = *s++;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
+
return (result);
}
+char *
+quote_escapes (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ return (quote_escapes_internal (string, 0));
+}
+
+char *
+quote_rhs (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ return (quote_escapes_internal (string, PF_NOSPLIT2));
+}
+
static WORD_LIST *
list_quote_escapes (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
return list;
}
-#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
-static char *
+/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
+
+ The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
+ This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
+ data stream pass through properly.
+
+ We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
+ quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
+ characters.
+
+ Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
+char *
dequote_escapes (string)
- char *string;
+ const char *string;
{
- register char *s, *t;
- char *result;
+ const char *s, *send;
+ char *t, *result;
+ size_t slen;
+ int quote_spaces;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return (char *)0;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
- result = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
- for (s = string, t = result; *s; )
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
{
- if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL))
+ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' ')))
{
s++;
if (*s == '\0')
break;
}
- *t++ = *s++;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
+
return result;
}
-#endif
+#if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
static WORD_LIST *
-dequote_list (list)
+list_dequote_escapes (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
- register char *s;
- register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
- for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
{
- s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
- free (tlist->word->word);
- tlist->word->word = s;
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
}
return list;
}
+#endif
+/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
+ This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
+ set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
static char *
make_quoted_char (c)
int c;
{
char *temp;
- temp = xmalloc (3);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
if (c == 0)
{
temp[0] = CTLNUL;
return (temp);
}
-/* Quote STRING. Return a new string. */
+/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
+ the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
+ this value is the word. */
char *
quote_string (string)
char *string;
{
register char *t;
- char *result;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
if (*string == 0)
{
- result = xmalloc (2);
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
result[0] = CTLNUL;
result[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
- result = xmalloc ((strlen (string) * 2) + 1);
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- for (t = result; *string; )
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+
+ for (t = result; string < send; )
{
*t++ = CTLESC;
- *t++ = *string++;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
}
*t = '\0';
}
return (result);
}
-/* De-quoted quoted characters in STRING. */
+/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
char *
dequote_string (string)
char *string;
{
- register char *t;
- char *result;
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
- result = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+ if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0)
+ internal_inform ("dequote_string: string with bare CTLESC");
+#endif
+
+ slen = STRLEN (string);
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
{
return (result);
}
+ /* A string consisting of only a single CTLESC should pass through unchanged */
+ if (string[0] == CTLESC && string[1] == 0)
+ {
+ result[0] = CTLESC;
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ return (result);
+ }
+
/* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
- if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL) /* XXX */
- { /* XXX */
- strcpy (result, string); /* XXX */
- return (result); /* XXX */
- }
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
- for (t = result; *string; string++, t++)
+ send = string + slen;
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
{
- if (*string == CTLESC)
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
{
- string++;
-
- if (!*string)
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
break;
}
-
- *t = *string;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
}
*t = '\0';
{
t = w->word->word;
w->word->word = quote_string (t);
- free (t);
+ if (*t == 0)
+ w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t);
}
return list;
}
-/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any
- quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because
- of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns
- STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null,
- and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */
-/*
-#define remove_quoted_nulls(string) \
- do { if (QUOTED_NULL (string)) string[0] ='\0'; } while (0)
-*/
-static void
+WORD_DESC *
+dequote_word (word)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+{
+ register char *s;
+
+ s = dequote_string (word->word);
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (word->word))
+ word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (word->word);
+ word->word = s;
+
+ return word;
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
+WORD_LIST *
+dequote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word))
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = s;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
+ string. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (string)
+ {
+ t = dequote_escapes (string);
+ strcpy (string, t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Remove quoted $IFS characters from STRING. Quoted IFS characters are
+ added to protect them from word splitting, but we need to remove them
+ if no word splitting takes place. This returns newly-allocated memory,
+ so callers can use it to replace savestring(). */
+char *
+remove_quoted_ifs (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j;
+ char *ret, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ i = j = 0;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i++;
+ if (string[i] == 0 || isifs (string[i]) == 0)
+ ret[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ COPY_CHAR_I (ret, j, string, send, i);
+ }
+ ret[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+char *
remove_quoted_nulls (string)
char *string;
{
- char *nstr, *s, *p;
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
+ return string; /* XXX */
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
- nstr = savestring (string);
- nstr[0] = '\0';
- for (p = nstr, s = string; *s; s++)
+ while (i < slen)
{
- if (*s == CTLESC)
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
{
- *p++ = *s++; /* CTLESC */
- if (*s == 0)
+ /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
+ point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
+ string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
+ that we've already copied down. */
+ i++;
+ string[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
break;
- *p++ = *s; /* quoted char */
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i++;
continue;
}
- if (*s == CTLNUL)
- continue;
- *p++ = *s;
+
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ {
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ }
+ else
+ j = i;
}
- *p = '\0';
- strcpy (string, nstr);
- free (nstr);
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
}
/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
register WORD_LIST *t;
for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
- remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+ t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static unsigned char *
+mb_getcharlens (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, offset, last;
+ unsigned char *ret;
+ char *p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = offset = 0;
+ last = 0;
+ ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
+ memset (ret, 0, len);
+ while (string[last])
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
+ ret[last] = offset - last;
+ last = offset;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
can have one of 4 values:
RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
static char *
-remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
char *param, *pattern;
int op;
{
- register int len;
+ register size_t len;
register char *end;
register char *p, *ret, c;
- if (param == NULL || *param == '\0')
- return (param);
- if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
- return (savestring (param));
-
len = STRLEN (param);
end = param + len;
for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
- if (fnmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
*p = c;
return (savestring (p));
}
*p = c;
+
}
break;
for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
- if (fnmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
*p = c;
return (savestring (p));
case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
{
- if (fnmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
ret = savestring (param);
case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
{
- if (fnmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
ret = savestring (param);
}
break;
}
- return (savestring (param)); /* no match, return original string */
+
+ return (param); /* no match, return original string */
}
-/* Return 1 of the first character of STRING could match the first
- character of pattern PAT. Used to avoid n2 calls to fnmatch(). */
-static int
-match_pattern_char (pat, string)
- char *pat, *string;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static wchar_t *
+remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
+ wchar_t *wparam;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int op;
{
- char c;
+ wchar_t wc, *ret;
+ int n;
- if (*string == 0)
- return (0);
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
- switch (c = *pat++)
+static char *
+remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ char *xret;
+
+ if (param == NULL)
+ return (param);
+ if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
+ return (savestring (param));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
{
- default:
- return (*string == c);
- case '\\':
- return (*string == *pat);
- case '?':
- return (*string == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string != '\0'));
- case '*':
- return (1);
- case '+':
- case '!':
- case '@':
- return (*string == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string == c));
- case '[':
- return (*string != '\0');
+ wchar_t *ret, *oret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ /* XXX - could optimize here by checking param and pattern for multibyte
+ chars with mbsmbchar and calling remove_upattern. */
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
+
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
+ /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
+ matched; just return copy of original string */
+ if (ret == wparam)
+ {
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (savestring (param));
+ }
+
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ n = strlen (param);
+ xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1);
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
+ xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
+ free (oret);
+ return xret;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
}
}
MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
static int
-match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
char *string, *pat;
int mtype;
char **sp, **ep;
{
- int c;
- register char *p, *p1;
+ int c, mlen;
+ size_t len;
+ register char *p, *p1, *npat;
char *end;
- if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
+ since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
+ len = STRLEN (pat);
+ if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*')
+ {
+ int unescaped_backslash;
+ char *pp;
+
+ p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
+ p1 = pat;
+ if ((mtype != MATCH_BEG) && (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob)))
+ *p++ = '*';
+ while (*p1)
+ *p++ = *p1++;
+#if 1
+ /* Need to also handle a pattern that ends with an unescaped backslash.
+ For right now, we ignore it because the pattern matching code will
+ fail the match anyway */
+ /* If the pattern ends with a `*' we leave it alone if it's preceded by
+ an even number of backslashes, but if it's escaped by a backslash
+ we need to add another `*'. */
+ if ((mtype != MATCH_END) && (p1[-1] == '*' && (unescaped_backslash = p1[-2] == '\\')))
+ {
+ pp = p1 - 3;
+ while (pp >= pat && *pp-- == '\\')
+ unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash;
+ if (unescaped_backslash)
+ *p++ = '*';
+ }
+ else if (mtype != MATCH_END && p1[-1] != '*')
+ *p++ = '*';
+#else
+ if (p1[-1] != '*' || p1[-2] == '\\')
+ *p++ = '*';
+#endif
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ npat = pat;
+ c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (npat != pat)
+ free (npat);
+ if (c == FNM_NOMATCH)
return (0);
- end = string + STRLEN (string);
+ len = STRLEN (string);
+ end = string + len;
+
+ mlen = umatchlen (pat, len);
+ if (mlen > (int)len)
+ return (0);
switch (mtype)
{
case MATCH_ANY:
for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
{
- if (match_pattern_char (pat, p))
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, p, FNMATCH_IGNCASE))
{
- for (p1 = end; p1 >= p; p1--)
+ p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen;
+ /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
+ p = current position in string
+ mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
+ end = end of string
+ we want to break immediately if the potential match len
+ is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
+ string
+ */
+ if (p1 > end)
+ break;
+ for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--)
{
c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
- if (fnmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*p1 = c;
*sp = p;
return 1;
}
*p1 = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
}
}
}
+
return (0);
case MATCH_BEG:
- if (match_pattern_char (pat, string) == 0)
- return (0);
- for (p = end; p >= string; p--)
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, string, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--)
{
c = *p; *p = '\0';
- if (fnmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
{
*p = c;
*sp = string;
return 1;
}
*p = c;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
}
+
return (0);
case MATCH_END:
- for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
- if (fnmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
- {
- *sp = p;
- *ep = end;
- return 1;
- }
+ for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = end;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
return (0);
}
return (0);
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+
+/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
+ character version. */
static int
-getpatspec (c, value)
- int c;
- char *value;
+match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
{
- if (c == '#')
- return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
- else /* c == '%' */
- return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
-}
+ wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1;
+ size_t len;
+ int mlen;
+ int n, n1, n2, simple;
+
+ simple = (wpat[0] != L'\\' && wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'[');
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ if (extended_glob)
+ simple &= (wpat[1] != L'(' || (wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'+' && wpat[0] != L'!' && wpat[0] != L'@')); /*)*/
+#endif
-/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
- parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
- This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
- to be called to fix it up for fnmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
- it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
- This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
- special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
- following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
-static char *
-getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
- char *value;
- int quoted, expandpat;
-{
- char *pat, *tword;
- WORD_LIST *l;
- int i;
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ len = wcslen (wpat);
+ if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*')
+ {
+ int unescaped_backslash;
+ wchar_t *wpp;
+
+ wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ wp1 = wpat;
+ if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ while (*wp1 != L'\0')
+ *wp++ = *wp1++;
+#if 1
+ /* See comments above in match_upattern. */
+ if (wp1[-1] == L'*' && (unescaped_backslash = wp1[-2] == L'\\'))
+ {
+ wpp = wp1 - 3;
+ while (wpp >= wpat && *wpp-- == L'\\')
+ unescaped_backslash = 1 - unescaped_backslash;
+ if (unescaped_backslash)
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ }
+ else if (wp1[-1] != L'*')
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+#else
+ if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\')
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+#endif
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ nwpat = wpat;
+ len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (nwpat != wpat)
+ free (nwpat);
+ if (len == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
- tword = strchr (value, '~') ? bash_tilde_expand (value) : savestring (value);
+ mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen);
+ if (mlen > (int)wstrlen)
+ return (0);
- /* expand_string_internal () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
- word splitting. */
- if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+/* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
+ switch (mtype)
{
- i = 0;
- pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1);
- free (tword);
- tword = pat;
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ n2 = simple ? (WFOLD(*wpat) == WFOLD(wstring[n])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (n2)
+ {
+ n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen;
+ if (n1 > wstrlen)
+ break;
+
+ for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[n1];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[0];
+ *ep = indices[n];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+ for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[wstrlen];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#undef WFOLD
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static int
+match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
+ char **indices;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpat);
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ }
+ ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
+
+ free (wpat);
+ free (wstring);
+ free (indices);
+
+ return (ret);
}
+ else
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+}
+
+static int
+getpatspec (c, value)
+ int c;
+ char *value;
+{
+ if (c == '#')
+ return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
+ else /* c == '%' */
+ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
+}
+/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
+ This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
+ to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
+ This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
+ special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
+ following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
+static char *
+getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
+ char *value;
+ int quoted, expandpat;
+{
+ char *pat, *tword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+#if 0
+ int i;
+#endif
/* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
- pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes? */
+ pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
+ POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
+ be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
+ expansions inside a pattern? */
#if 0
- l = *tword ? expand_string_for_rhs (tword, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
-#else
- l = *tword ? expand_string_for_rhs (tword,
- (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_NOQUOTE : quoted,
- (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
+ if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, SX_STRIPDQ);
+ free (tword);
+ tword = pat;
+ }
#endif
+
+ /* expand_string_for_pat () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
+ word splitting. */
+ l = *value ? expand_string_for_pat (value,
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
: (WORD_LIST *)0;
- free (tword);
+ if (l)
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l);
pat = string_list (l);
dispose_words (l);
if (pat)
return (pat);
}
+#if 0
/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
or ${name#[#]value}. */
static char *
-parameter_brace_remove_pattern (value, temp, c, quoted)
- char *value, *temp;
- int c, quoted;
+variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ char *value, *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
{
- int patspec;
- char *pattern, *tword;
-
- patspec = getpatspec (c, value);
- if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
- value++;
-
- pattern = getpattern (value, quoted, 1);
+ char *tword;
- tword = remove_pattern (temp, pattern, patspec);
+ tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
- FREE (pattern);
return (tword);
}
+#endif
static char *
-list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, type, quoted)
+list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
WORD_LIST *list;
char *pattern;
- int patspec, type, quoted;
+ int patspec, itype, quoted;
{
WORD_LIST *new, *l;
WORD_DESC *w;
for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
{
tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
- w = make_bare_word (tword);
- free (tword);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring ("");
new = make_word_list (w, new);
}
l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
- if (type == '*')
- tword = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
- else
- tword = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (l) : l);
-
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted, 0);
dispose_words (l);
+
return (tword);
}
static char *
-parameter_list_remove_pattern (value, type, c, quoted)
- char *value;
- int type, c, quoted;
+parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ int itype;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
{
- int patspec;
- char *pattern, *ret;
+ char *ret;
WORD_LIST *list;
- patspec = getpatspec (c, value);
- if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
- value++;
-
- pattern = getpattern (value, quoted, 1);
-
list = list_rest_of_args ();
- ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, type, quoted);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
dispose_words (list);
- FREE (pattern);
return (ret);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
static char *
-array_remove_pattern (value, aspec, aval, c, quoted)
- char *value, *aspec, *aval; /* AVAL == evaluated ASPEC */
- int c, quoted;
+array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec;
+ int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
{
- SHELL_VAR *var;
- int len, patspec;
- char *ret, *t, *pattern;
- WORD_LIST *l;
-
- var = array_variable_part (aspec, &t, &len);
- if (var == 0)
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
- patspec = getpatspec (c, value);
- if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
- value++;
+ v = var; /* XXX - for now */
- pattern = getpattern (value, quoted, 1);
+ itype = starsub ? '*' : '@';
- if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
- {
- if (array_p (var) == 0)
- {
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", aspec);
- FREE (pattern);
- return ((char *)NULL);
- }
- l = array_to_word_list (array_cell (var));
- if (l == 0)
- return ((char *)NULL);
- ret = list_remove_pattern (l, pattern, patspec, t[0], quoted);
- dispose_words (l);
- }
- else
- {
- ret = remove_pattern (aval, pattern, patspec);
- if (ret)
- {
- t = quote_escapes (ret);
- free (ret);
- ret = t;
- }
- }
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
- FREE (pattern);
return ret;
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
-/*******************************************
- * *
- * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
- * *
- *******************************************/
+static char *
+parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, ind, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patstr;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, patspec, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *pattern, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
-/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
- parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
- word splitting, and quote removal. */
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
-WORD_LIST *
-expand_word (word, quoted)
- WORD_DESC *word;
- int quoted;
-{
- WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
- tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
- result = word_list_split (tresult);
- dispose_words (tresult);
- return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
-}
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
-/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
- does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
- and quote removal. */
-WORD_LIST *
-expand_word_no_split (word, quoted)
- WORD_DESC *word;
- int quoted;
-{
- WORD_LIST *result;
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
- result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
- return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
-}
+ patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
+ if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
+ patstr++;
-/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
- quote removal on the result. */
-WORD_LIST *
-expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
- WORD_DESC *word;
- int quoted;
-{
- return (call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL));
-}
+ /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
+ the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
+ temp1 = savestring (patstr);
+ pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1);
+ free (temp1);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, starsub, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ this_command_name = oname;
+
+ FREE (pattern);
+ return temp1;
+}
#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+static void reap_some_procsubs PARAMS((int));
+
/*****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Hacking Process Substitution */
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
- unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the
- list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
+ unlink the ones that don't have a living process on the other end.
+ unlink_all_fifos will walk the list and unconditionally unlink them, trying
+ to open and close the FIFO first to release any child processes sleeping on
+ the FIFO. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the list.
+ NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
#define FIFO_INCR 20
-extern char *mktemp ();
-static char **fifo_list = (char **)NULL;
+/* PROC value of -1 means the process has been reaped and the FIFO needs to
+ be removed. PROC value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
+struct temp_fifo {
+ char *file;
+ pid_t proc;
+};
+
+static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
static int nfifo;
static int fifo_list_size;
+void
+clear_fifo_list ()
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ {
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
+ }
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+void *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (void *)NULL;
+}
+
static void
add_fifo_list (pathname)
char *pathname;
{
+ int osize, i;
+
if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
{
+ osize = fifo_list_size;
fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
- fifo_list = (char **)xrealloc (fifo_list,
- fifo_list_size * sizeof (char *));
+ fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
+ fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
+ for (i = osize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ {
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = 0; /* unused */
+ }
}
- fifo_list[nfifo++] = savestring (pathname);
+ fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
+ nfifo++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1)))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
+ }
}
void
unlink_fifo_list ()
{
+ int saved, i, j;
+
if (nfifo == 0)
return;
- while (nfifo--)
+ for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
{
- unlink (fifo_list[nfifo]);
- free (fifo_list[nfifo]);
- fifo_list[nfifo] = (char *)NULL;
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) || (fifo_list[i].proc > 0 && (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1)))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ saved++;
}
- nfifo = 0;
-}
-
-static char *
-make_named_pipe ()
-{
- char *tname;
- tname = mktemp (savestring ("/tmp/sh-np-XXXXXX"));
- if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
+ /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
+ if (saved)
+ {
+ for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ {
+ if (i != j)
+ {
+ fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
+ fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = 0;
+ }
+ j++;
+ }
+ nfifo = j;
+ }
+ else
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_all_fifos ()
+{
+ int i, fd;
+
+ if (nfifo == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1;
+ fd = open (fifo_list[i].file, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK);
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+ if (fd >= 0)
+ close (fd);
+ }
+
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
+ from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
+ that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
+ everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
+ case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ void *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+ char *plist;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (plist = (char *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (plist[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+int
+find_procsub_child (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].proc == pid)
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+void
+set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status)
+ int ind;
+ pid_t pid;
+ int status;
+{
+ if (ind >= 0 && ind < nfifo)
+ fifo_list[ind].proc = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */
+}
+
+/* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
+ associated file descriptor and delete the FIFO. */
+static void
+reap_some_procsubs (max)
+ int max;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < max; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].proc == (pid_t)-1) /* reaped */
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+void
+reap_procsubs ()
+{
+ reap_some_procsubs (nfifo);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+void
+wait_procsubs ()
+{
+ int i, r;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ if (fifo_list[i].proc != (pid_t)-1 && fifo_list[i].proc > 0)
+ {
+ r = wait_for (fifo_list[i].proc, 0);
+ save_proc_status (fifo_list[i].proc, r);
+ fifo_list[i].proc = (pid_t)-1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_named_pipe ()
+{
+ char *tname;
+
+ tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR);
+ if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
{
free (tname);
return ((char *)NULL);
has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
of open files. */
-static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL;
+/* dev_fd_list[I] value of -1 means the process has been reaped and file
+ descriptor I needs to be closed. Value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
+
+static pid_t *dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)NULL;
static int nfds;
static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
+void
+clear_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ {
+ dev_fd_list[i] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+clear_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ clear_fifo (i);
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+void *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ void *ret;
+
+ if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0)
+ {
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (void *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = totfds;
+ ret = xmalloc (totfds * sizeof (pid_t));
+ return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (pid_t)));
+}
+
static void
add_fifo_list (fd)
int fd;
{
- if (!dev_fd_list || fd >= totfds)
+ if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds)
{
int ofds;
totfds = getdtablesize ();
if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
totfds = 256;
- if (fd > totfds)
+ if (fd >= totfds)
totfds = fd + 2;
- dev_fd_list = xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds);
- bzero (dev_fd_list + ofds, totfds - ofds);
+ dev_fd_list = (pid_t *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds * sizeof (dev_fd_list[0]));
+ /* XXX - might need a loop for this */
+ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', (totfds - ofds) * sizeof (pid_t));
}
- dev_fd_list[fd] = 1;
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 1; /* marker; updated later */
nfds++;
}
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfds;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[fd])
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
void
unlink_fifo_list ()
{
if (nfds == 0)
return;
- for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
- if (dev_fd_list[i])
- {
- close (i);
- dev_fd_list[i] = 0;
- nfds--;
- }
+ for (i = totfds-1; nfds && i >= 0; i--)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
nfds = 0;
}
+void
+unlink_all_fifos ()
+{
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
+ the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
+ as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
+ LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
+ totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ void *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+ pid_t *plist;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (plist = (pid_t *)list, i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (plist[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i])
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+int
+find_procsub_child (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
+ if (dev_fd_list[i] == pid)
+ return i;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+void
+set_procsub_status (ind, pid, status)
+ int ind;
+ pid_t pid;
+ int status;
+{
+ if (ind >= 0 && ind < totfds)
+ dev_fd_list[ind] = (pid_t)-1; /* sentinel */
+}
+
+/* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
+ associated file descriptor. */
+static void
+reap_some_procsubs (max)
+ int max;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < max; i++)
+ if (dev_fd_list[i] == (pid_t)-1)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+void
+reap_procsubs ()
+{
+ reap_some_procsubs (totfds);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+void
+wait_procsubs ()
+{
+ int i, r;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds > 0 && i < totfds; i++)
+ {
+ if (dev_fd_list[i] != (pid_t)-1 && dev_fd_list[i] > 0)
+ {
+ r = wait_for (dev_fd_list[i], 0);
+ save_proc_status (dev_fd_list[i], r);
+ dev_fd_list[i] = (pid_t)-1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
#if defined (NOTDEF)
print_dev_fd_list ()
{
register int i;
- fprintf (stderr, "pid %d: dev_fd_list:", getpid ());
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
fflush (stderr);
for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
int fd;
{
- char *ret;
+ char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8);
+
+ strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
+ strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
- ret = xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 4);
- sprintf (ret, "%s%d", DEV_FD_PREFIX, fd);
add_fifo_list (fd);
return (ret);
}
int open_for_read_in_child;
{
char *pathname;
- int fd, result;
+ int fd, result, rc, function_value;
pid_t old_pid, pid;
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot make pipe for process substitution");
+ sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
- if (!pathname)
+ if (pathname == 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot make pipe for process substitution");
+ sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
return ((char *)NULL);
}
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
- pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
-#if 0
- cleanup_the_pipeline ();
-#else
+ if (pipeline_pgrp == 0 || (subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_PIPE|SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_ASYNC)) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
save_pipeline (1);
-#endif
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
- pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1);
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, FORK_ASYNC);
if (pid == 0)
{
+#if 0
+ int old_interactive;
+
+ old_interactive = interactive;
+#endif
+ /* The currently-executing shell is not interactive */
+ interactive = 0;
+
reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
/* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
- restore_original_signals ();
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
+ QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
setup_async_signals ();
- subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+#if 0
+ if (open_for_read_in_child == 0 && old_interactive && (bash_input.type == st_stdin || bash_input.type == st_stream))
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+#endif
+
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB|SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+
+ /* We don't inherit the verbose option for command substitutions now, so
+ let's try it for process substitutions. */
+ change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF);
+
+ /* if we're expanding a redirection, we shouldn't have access to the
+ temporary environment, but commands in the subshell should have
+ access to their own temporary environment. */
+ if (expanding_redir)
+ flush_temporary_env ();
}
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
set_sigchld_handler ();
stop_making_children ();
+ /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
if (pid < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot make child for process substitution");
+ sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make child for process substitution"));
free (pathname);
#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
close (parent_pipe_fd);
close (child_pipe_fd);
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ restore_pipeline (1);
+#endif
return ((char *)NULL);
}
if (pid > 0)
{
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
- restore_pipeline (1);
+ last_procsub_child = restore_pipeline (0);
+ /* We assume that last_procsub_child->next == last_procsub_child because
+ of how jobs.c:add_process() works. */
+ last_procsub_child->next = 0;
+ procsub_add (last_procsub_child);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = pid;
+#else
+ fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
#endif
last_made_pid = old_pid;
set_sigint_handler ();
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* make sure we don't have any job control */
set_job_control (0);
+
+ /* Clear out any existing list of process substitutions */
+ procsub_clear ();
+
+ /* The idea is that we want all the jobs we start from an async process
+ substitution to be in the same process group, but not the same pgrp
+ as our parent shell, since we don't want to affect our parent shell's
+ jobs if we get a SIGHUP and end up calling hangup_all_jobs, for example.
+ If pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp, we assume that there is a job control
+ shell somewhere in our parent process chain (since make_child initializes
+ pipeline_pgrp to shell_pgrp if job_control == 0). What we do in this
+ case is to set pipeline_pgrp to our PID, so all jobs started by this
+ process have that same pgrp and we are basically the process group leader.
+ This should not have negative effects on child processes surviving
+ after we exit, since we wait for the children we create, but that is
+ something to watch for. */
+
+ if (pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp)
+ pipeline_pgrp = getpid ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Open the named pipe in the child. */
- fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK : O_WRONLY);
+ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY : O_WRONLY);
if (fd < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot open named pipe %s for %s", pathname,
- open_for_read_in_child ? "reading" : "writing");
+ /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
+ else
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
+
exit (127);
}
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ }
#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
fd = child_pipe_fd;
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
+ descriptor. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child == 0)
+ fpurge (stdout);
+
if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d", pathname,
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
exit (127);
}
- close (fd);
+ if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
+ close (fd);
/* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
from its parent. */
dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
- result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+ /* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary
+ environment for variable lookups. We have already flushed the temporary
+ environment above in the case we're expanding a redirection, so processes
+ executed by this command need to be able to set it independently of their
+ parent. */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+
+ remove_quoted_escapes (string);
+
+#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
+ startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ parse_and_execute_level = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Give process substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main (). */
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're running a process substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+ /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
+ }
#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
/* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
- exit (result);
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+ exit (rc);
/*NOTREACHED*/
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
/***********************************/
static char *
-read_comsub (fd, quoted)
- int fd, quoted;
+read_comsub (fd, quoted, flags, rflag)
+ int fd, quoted, flags;
+ int *rflag;
{
- char *istring, buf[128], *bufp;
- int bufn, istring_index, istring_size, c;
+ char *istring, buf[512], *bufp;
+ int istring_index, c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ int mb_cur_max;
+ size_t istring_size;
+ ssize_t bufn;
+ int nullbyte;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ size_t mblen;
+ int i;
+#endif
istring = (char *)NULL;
- istring_index = istring_size = bufn = 0;
+ istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0;
+
+ skip_ctlesc = ifs_cmap[CTLESC];
+ skip_ctlnul = ifs_cmap[CTLNUL];
+
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+ nullbyte = 0;
/* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */
while (1)
{
if (fd < 0)
- break;
+ break;
if (--bufn <= 0)
{
- while ((bufn = read (fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) < 0 && errno == EINTR)
- ;
+ bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
if (bufn <= 0)
break;
bufp = buf;
}
c = *bufp++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if 1
+ if (nullbyte == 0)
+ {
+ internal_warning ("%s", _("command substitution: ignored null byte in input"));
+ nullbyte = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ continue;
+ }
+
/* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
- RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, mb_cur_max+1, istring_size, 512);
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ else if ((flags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) && skip_ctlesc && c == CTLESC)
istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
+ from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
+ This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
+ else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0)))
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if ((locale_utf8locale && (c & 0x80)) ||
+ (locale_utf8locale == 0 && mb_cur_max > 1 && (unsigned char)c > 127))
+ {
+ /* read a multibyte character from buf */
+ /* punt on the hard case for now */
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ mblen = mbrtowc (&wc, bufp-1, bufn+1, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblen) || mblen == 0 || mblen == 1)
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ else
+ {
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ for (i = 0; i < mblen-1; i++)
+ istring[istring_index++] = *bufp++;
+ bufn -= mblen - 1;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
istring[istring_index++] = c;
}
if (istring_index == 0)
{
FREE (istring);
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
return (char *)NULL;
}
else
strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
return istring;
}
-/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a string,
- possibly quoted. */
-static char *
-command_substitute (string, quoted)
+/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
+ contained string possibly quoted. */
+WORD_DESC *
+command_substitute (string, quoted, flags)
char *string;
int quoted;
+ int flags;
{
- pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp;
- char *istring;
- int result, fildes[2];
+ pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid;
+ char *istring, *s;
+ int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag, fork_flags;
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+ sigset_t set, oset;
istring = (char *)NULL;
/* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
run, just return NULL. */
+#if 1
+ for (s = string; s && *s && (shellblank (*s) || *s == '\n'); s++)
+ ;
+ if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+#else
if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+#endif
if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
{
- last_command_exit_value = 125;
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB;
jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
}
+ /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
+ eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
+ maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
+ the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
+ the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
+ have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
+ though, because the export environment will be remade after this
+ command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
+ are variable assignments. */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
+ pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+
/* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot make pipes for command substitution");
+ sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
goto error_exit;
}
- old_pid = last_made_pid;
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
- pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline or
+ we've already forked to run a disk command (and are expanding redirections,
+ for example). */
+ if ((subshell_environment & (SUBSHELL_FORK|SUBSHELL_PIPE)) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
cleanup_the_pipeline ();
-#endif
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+ fork_flags = (subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC) ? FORK_ASYNC : 0;
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, fork_flags|FORK_NOTERM);
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid;
- pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 0);
if (pid == 0)
- /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
- trap strings. */
- reset_signal_handlers ();
+ {
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ if (ISINTERRUPT)
+ {
+ kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
+ CLRINTERRUPT; /* if we're ignoring SIGINT somehow */
+ }
+ QUIT; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+ }
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
set_sigchld_handler ();
stop_making_children ();
- pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+ if (pid != 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
if (pid < 0)
{
- sys_error ("cannot make child for command substitution");
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
error_exit:
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
FREE (istring);
close (fildes[0]);
close (fildes[1]);
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
}
if (pid == 0)
{
+ /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
+ interactive = 0;
+
set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
-#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
- set_job_control (0);
-#endif
+
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+
+ /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
+ descriptor. */
+ fpurge (stdout);
+
if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
{
- sys_error ("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1");
+ sys_error ("%s", _("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
}
(fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
close (fildes[0]);
- /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
- interactive = 0;
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
+ make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
+ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
+ sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
/* This is a subshell environment. */
- subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
- /* Command substitution does not inherit the -e flag. */
- exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+ /* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command
+ substitutions. */
+ change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF);
+
+ /* When inherit_errexit option is not enabled, command substitution does
+ not inherit the -e flag. It is enabled when Posix mode is enabled */
+ if (inherit_errexit == 0)
+ {
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+ change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF);
+ }
+ set_shellopts ();
+
+ /* If we are expanding a redirection, we can dispose of any temporary
+ environment we received, since redirections are not supposed to have
+ access to the temporary environment. We will have to see whether this
+ affects temporary environments supplied to `eval', but the temporary
+ environment gets copied to builtin_env at some point. */
+ if (expanding_redir)
+ {
+ flush_temporary_env ();
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+ }
remove_quoted_escapes (string);
startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ parse_and_execute_level = 0;
+
/* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
so we don't go back up to main (). */
- result = setjmp (top_level);
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
- if (result == EXITPROG)
- exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
else if (result)
- exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
else
- exit (parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", SEVAL_NOHIST));
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
+ }
+
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ exit (rc);
}
else
{
+ int dummyfd;
+
#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
close_pgrp_pipe ();
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
close (fildes[1]);
- istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted);
+ begin_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
+ dummyfd = fildes[0];
+ add_unwind_protect (close, dummyfd);
+
+ /* Block SIGINT while we're reading from the pipe. If the child
+ process gets a SIGINT, it will either handle it or die, and the
+ read will return. */
+ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGINT, set, oset);
+ tflag = 0;
+ istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, flags, &tflag);
close (fildes[0]);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
current_command_subst_pid = pid;
- last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid);
+ last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid, JWAIT_NOTERM);
last_command_subst_pid = pid;
last_made_pid = old_pid;
/* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
- if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT))
+ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
-
- /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other
- process group should have it, give it away to that group here.
- pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a
- pipline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that
- pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in
- the background should never get the tty back here. */
-#if 0
- if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && pipeline_pgrp != last_asynchronous_pid)
-#else
- if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && subshell_environment != SUBSHELL_ASYNC)
-#endif
- give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp);
#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
- return (istring);
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = istring;
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+
+ return ret;
}
}
* *
********************************************************/
-/* Utility functions to manage arrays and their contents for expansion */
-
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
-int
-valid_array_reference (name)
- char *name;
-{
- char *t;
- int r, len;
-
- t = strchr (name, '[');
- if (t)
- {
- *t = '\0';
- r = legal_identifier (name);
- *t = '[';
- if (r == 0)
- return 0;
- /* Check for a properly-terminated non-blank subscript. */
- len = skipsubscript (t, 0);
- if (t[len] != ']' || len == 1)
- return 0;
- for (r = 1; r < len; r++)
- if (whitespace (t[r]) == 0)
- return 1;
- return 0;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-/* Expand the array index beginning at S and extending LEN characters. */
-int
-array_expand_index (s, len)
+static arrayind_t
+array_length_reference (s)
char *s;
- int len;
-{
- char *exp, *t;
- int val, expok;
-
- exp = xmalloc (len);
- strncpy (exp, s, len - 1);
- exp[len - 1] = '\0';
- t = maybe_expand_string (exp, 0, expand_string);
- this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
- val = evalexp (t, &expok);
- free (t);
- free (exp);
- if (expok == 0)
- jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
- return val;
-}
-
-/* Return the variable specified by S without any subscript. If non-null,
- return the index of the start of the subscript in *SUBP. If non-null,
- the length of the subscript is returned in *LENP. */
-SHELL_VAR *
-array_variable_part (s, subp, lenp)
- char *s, **subp;
- int *lenp;
{
- char *t;
- int ind, ni;
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ char *t, c;
+ ARRAY *array;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
SHELL_VAR *var;
- t = strchr (s, '[');
- ind = t - s;
- ni = skipsubscript (s, ind);
- if (ni <= ind + 1 || s[ni] != ']')
+ var = array_variable_part (s, 0, &t, &len);
+
+ /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
+ failure. */
+ if ((var == 0 || invisible_p (var) || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error)
{
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", s);
- return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ c = *--t;
+ *t = '\0';
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (s);
+ *t = c;
+ return (-1);
}
+ else if (var == 0 || invisible_p (var))
+ return 0;
- *t = '\0';
- var = find_variable (s);
- *t++ = '[';
-
- if (subp)
- *subp = t;
- if (lenp)
- *lenp = ni - ind;
- return var;
-}
-
-static char *
-array_value_internal (s, quoted, allow_all)
- char *s;
- int quoted, allow_all;
-{
- int len, ind;
- char *retval, *t, *temp;
- WORD_LIST *l, *list;
- SHELL_VAR *var;
-
- var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+ /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
+ We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
+ v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
- if (var == 0)
- return (char *)NULL;
+ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
+ h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
- if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == RBRACK)
{
- if (array_p (var) == 0 || allow_all == 0)
- {
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", s);
- return ((char *)NULL);
- }
- l = array_to_word_list (array_cell (var));
- if (l == (WORD_LIST *)NULL)
- return ((char *) NULL);
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0);
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0);
+ else
+ return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
-#if 0
- if (t[0] == '*') /* ${name[*]} */
- retval = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
- else /* ${name[@]} */
- retval = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (l) : l);
-#else
- if (t[0] == '*' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
+ t[len - 1] = RBRACK;
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
{
- temp = string_list_dollar_star (l);
- retval = quote_string (temp);
- free (temp);
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ FREE (akey);
+ return (-1);
}
- else /* ${name[@]} or unquoted ${name[*]} */
- retval = string_list_dollar_at (l, quoted);
-#endif
-
- dispose_words (l);
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ free (akey);
}
else
{
- ind = array_expand_index (t, len);
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len, 0);
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (var && array_p (var) && ind < 0)
+ ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
if (ind < 0)
{
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", var->name);
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
}
- if (array_p (var) == 0)
- return (ind == 0 ? savestring (value_cell (var)) : (char *)NULL);
- retval = array_reference (array_cell (var), ind);
- if (retval)
- retval = quote_escapes (retval);
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-static char *
-array_value (s, quoted)
- char *s;
- int quoted;
-{
- return (array_value_internal (s, quoted, 1));
-}
-
-/* Return the value of the array indexing expression S as a single string.
- If ALLOW_ALL is 0, do not allow `@' and `*' subscripts. This is used
- by other parts of the shell such as the arithmetic expression evaluator
- in expr.c. */
-char *
-get_array_value (s, allow_all)
- char *s;
- int allow_all;
-{
- return (array_value_internal (s, 0, allow_all));
-}
-
-static int
-array_length_reference (s)
- char *s;
-{
- int ind, len;
- char *t;
- ARRAY *array;
- SHELL_VAR *var;
-
- var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
-
- /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
- failure. */
- if ((var == 0 || array_p (var) == 0) && unbound_vars_is_error)
- {
- ind = *--t;
- *t = '\0';
- report_error ("%s: unbound variable", s);
- *t++ = (char)ind;
- return (-1);
- }
- else if (var == 0)
- return 0;
- else if (array_p (var) == 0)
- return 1;
-
- array = array_cell (var);
-
- if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
- return (array_num_elements (array));
-
- ind = array_expand_index (t, len);
- if (ind < 0)
- {
- report_error ("%s: bad array subscript", t);
- return (-1);
+ if (array_p (var))
+ t = array_reference (array, ind);
+ else
+ t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
}
- t = array_reference (array, ind);
- len = STRLEN (t);
+ len = MB_STRLEN (t);
return (len);
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
char *name;
int var_is_special;
{
- if (digit (*name) && all_digits (name))
+ if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
return 1;
else if (var_is_special)
return 1;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
return 1;
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
else if (legal_identifier (name))
return 0;
}
+static int
+chk_atstar (name, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int quoted, pflags;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp1;
+
+ if (name == 0)
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* check for $@ and $* */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ /* Need more checks here that parallel what string_list_pos_params and
+ param_expand do. Check expand_no_split_dollar_star and ??? */
+ if (contains_dollar_at && expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
+ {
+ temp1 = mbschr (name, LBRACK);
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == RBRACK)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
+ which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == RBRACK && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
- or NULL if there was no expansion.
+ or NULL if there was no expansion. NAME is as given in ${NAMEcWORD}.
VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
-static char *
-parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted)
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, indp)
char *name;
- int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
{
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
char *temp, *tt;
- int arg_index;
+ intmax_t arg_index;
SHELL_VAR *var;
- WORD_LIST *l;
+ int atype, rflags;
+ arrayind_t ind;
- /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
- if (digit (*name))
+ ret = 0;
+ temp = 0;
+ rflags = 0;
+
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
+ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
{
- arg_index = atoi (name);
- temp = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (tt)
+ temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (tt)
+ : quote_escapes (tt);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
}
else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
{
int sindex;
- tt = xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
+ tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
strcpy (tt + 1, name);
-#if 0
- l = expand_string_leave_quoted (tt, quoted);
- free (tt);
- temp = string_list (l);
- dispose_words (l);
-#else
- temp = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
- (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0);
+
+ ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags);
free (tt);
-#endif
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
- temp = array_value (name, quoted);
+expand_arrayref:
+ var = array_variable_part (name, 0, &tt, (int *)0);
+ /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed */
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt[0]) && tt[1] == RBRACK)
+ {
+ /* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */
+ if (var && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &atype, &ind);
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ }
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+ /* Special cases, then general case, for each of A[@], A[*], A[n] */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ')
+#else
+ if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK && var && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ')
+#endif
+ temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, AV_ASSIGNRHS, &atype, &ind);
+ else if (tt[0] == '@' && tt[1] == RBRACK)
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
+ temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK)
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ }
+ else if (tt[0] == '*' && tt[1] == RBRACK && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
+ temp = array_value (name, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ if (atype == 0 && temp)
+ {
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ rflags |= W_ARRAYIND;
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = ind;
+ }
+ else if (atype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
}
#endif
else if (var = find_variable (name))
{
- if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0)
- {
+ if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0) : value_cell (var);
+ /* We avoid a memory leak by saving TT as the memory allocated by
+ assoc_to_string or array_to_string and leaving it 0 otherwise,
+ then freeing TT after quoting temp. */
+ tt = (char *)NULL;
+ if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && assoc_p (var))
+ tt = temp = assoc_empty (assoc_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : assoc_to_string (assoc_cell (var), " ", quoted);
+ else if ((pflags & PF_ALLINDS) && array_p (var))
+ tt = temp = array_empty (array_cell (var)) ? (char *)NULL : array_to_string (array_cell (var), " ", quoted);
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
#else
temp = value_cell (var);
#endif
if (temp)
- temp = quote_escapes (temp);
-
- if (tempvar_p (var))
- dispose_variable (var);
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp));
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (var = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0))
+ {
+ temp = nameref_cell (var);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */
+ if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0))
+ {
+ name = temp;
+ goto expand_arrayref;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */
+ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
+ temp = &expand_param_error;
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
- return (temp);
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags |= rflags;
+ }
+ return ret;
}
-/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
- value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
static char *
-parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted)
+parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref)
char *name;
- int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref;
{
char *temp, *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int pflags, oldex;
- t = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted);
- if (t == 0)
- return (t);
- temp = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, t[0] == '@' && t[1] == '\0', quoted);
- free (t);
- return temp;
-}
-
-/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
- depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
- "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
- between double quotes. */
-static char *
-parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
- char *name, *value;
- int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
-{
- WORD_LIST *l;
- char *t, *t1, *temp;
- int hasdol;
-
- temp = (*value == '~' || (strchr (value, '~') && unquoted_substring ("=~", value)))
- ? bash_tilde_expand (value)
- : savestring (value);
+ if (find_nameref && var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)) &&
+ nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
+ return (savestring (t));
- /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
- the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
- embedded unescaped double quotes. */
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *temp)
+ /* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does
+ more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's
+ value and not try to expand it. */
+ pflags = PF_IGNUNBOUND;
+ /* Note that we're not going to be doing word splitting here */
+ if (var_is_special)
{
- hasdol = 0;
- t = string_extract_double_quoted (temp, &hasdol, 1);
- free (temp);
- temp = t;
+ pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS; /* suppresses word splitting */
+ oldex = expand_no_split_dollar_star;
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
}
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, 0);
+ if (var_is_special)
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = oldex;
- hasdol = 0;
- /* XXX was 0 not quoted */
- l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL)
- : (WORD_LIST *)0;
- if (hasdollarat)
- *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next);
- free (temp);
- if (l)
- {
- /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
- slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. */
- temp = string_list (l);
- /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
- is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
- if ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next)
- *qdollaratp = 1;
- dispose_words (l);
- }
- else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol)
+ t = w->word;
+ /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
+ if (t)
{
- /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
- a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
- it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
- a quoted empty string. */
- temp = xmalloc (2);
- temp[0] = CTLNUL;
- temp[1] = '\0';
+ temp = ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || var_is_special)
+ ? dequote_string (t)
+ : dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ t = temp;
}
- else
- temp = (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word_desc (w);
- if (c == '-' || c == '+')
- return (temp);
-
- /* c == '=' */
- t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring ("");
- t1 = dequote_string (t);
- free (t);
- bind_variable (name, t1);
+ return t;
+}
+
+/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
+ value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion.
+ There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar,
+ bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result;
+ ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable
+ primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */
+ if (var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name, 0)))
+ {
+ if (nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
+ {
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = savestring (t);
+ w->flags = 0;
+ return w;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* An indirect reference to a positional parameter or a special parameter
+ is ok. Indirect references to array references, as explained above, are
+ ok (currently). Only references to unset variables are errors at this
+ point. */
+ if (legal_identifier (name) && v == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = &expand_param_error;
+ w->flags = 0;
+ return (w);
+ }
+
+ t = parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, 0);
+
+ chk_atstar (t, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Array references to unset variables are also an error */
+ if (t == 0 && valid_array_reference (name, 0))
+ {
+ v = array_variable_part (name, 0, (char **)0, (int *)0);
+ if (v == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = &expand_param_error;
+ w->flags = 0;
+ return (w);
+ }
+ else
+ return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (t == 0)
+ return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+
+ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR (t, 0)) == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), t);
+ free (t);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = &expand_param_error;
+ w->flags = 0;
+ return (w);
+ }
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, pflags, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
+ depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
+ "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
+ between double quotes. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, op, quoted, pflags, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int op, quoted, pflags, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ WORD_LIST *l, *tl;
+ char *t, *t1, *temp, *vname;
+ int l_hasdollat, sindex;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s pflags = %d", name, value, pflags);*/
+ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
+ the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
+ embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value)
+ {
+ sindex = 0;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &sindex, SX_STRIPDQ);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = value;
+
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ l_hasdollat = 0;
+ l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, op, pflags, &l_hasdollat, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ if (hasdollarat)
+ *hasdollarat = l_hasdollat || (l && l->next);
+ if (temp != value)
+ free (temp);
+
+ /* list_string takes multiple CTLNULs and turns them into an empty word
+ with W_SAWQUOTEDNULL set. Turn it back into a single CTLNUL for the
+ rest of this function and the caller. */
+ for (tl = l; tl; tl = tl->next)
+ {
+ if (tl->word && (tl->word->word == 0 || tl->word->word[0] == 0) &&
+ (tl->word->flags | W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
+ {
+ t = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ FREE (tl->word->word);
+ tl->word->word = t;
+ tl->word->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ tl->word->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (l)
+ {
+ /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
+ is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
+ if (qdollaratp && ((l_hasdollat && quoted) || l->next))
+ {
+/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s: l != NULL, set *qdollaratp", name, value);*/
+ *qdollaratp = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
+ slightly differently if L_HASDOLLAT is non-zero. If we have "$@",
+ the individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
+ into a string with the words separated by the first character of
+ $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
+ do the right thing. If IFS is null, we want "$@" to split into
+ separate arguments, not be concatenated, so we use string_list_internal
+ and mark the word to be split on spaces later. We use
+ string_list_dollar_star for "$@" otherwise. */
+ if (l->next && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ temp = string_list_internal (l, " ");
+ w->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE;
+ }
+ else if (l_hasdollat || l->next)
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (l, quoted, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list (l);
+ if (temp && (QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0) && (l->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
+ w->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
+ a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
+ flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
+ expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
+ quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
+ if (l->next == 0 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && QUOTED_NULL (l->word->word) && (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ {
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null, turning off qdollaratp", name, value);*/
+ /* If we return a quoted null with L_HASDOLLARAT, we either have a
+ construct like "${@-$@}" or "${@-${@-$@}}" with no positional
+ parameters or a quoted expansion of "$@" with $1 == ''. In either
+ case, we don't want to enable special handling of $@. */
+ if (qdollaratp && l_hasdollat)
+ *qdollaratp = 0;
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && l_hasdollat)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that
+ something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}"
+ when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any
+ way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually
+ going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */
+ /* l_hasdollat == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */
+
+ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
+ a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
+ it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
+ a quoted empty string. Posix interp 888 */
+ temp = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+/*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null", name, value);*/
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (op == '-' || op == '+')
+ {
+ w->word = temp;
+ return w;
+ }
+
+ /* op == '=' */
+ t1 = temp ? dequote_string (temp) : savestring ("");
+ free (temp);
+
+ /* bash-4.4/5.0 */
+ vname = name;
+ if (*name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+ {
+ vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (name + 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name, 1), quoted, 1);
+ if (vname == 0 || *vname == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
+ free (vname);
+ free (t1);
+ dispose_word (w);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ if (legal_identifier (vname) == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname);
+ free (vname);
+ free (t1);
+ dispose_word (w);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0))
+ v = assign_array_element (vname, t1, 0);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ v = bind_variable (vname, t1, 0);
+
+ if (v == 0 || readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v)) /* expansion error */
+ {
+ if ((v == 0 || readonly_p (v)) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (vname != name)
+ free (vname);
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname);
+
+ if (vname != name)
+ free (vname);
+
+ /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
+
+ /* If we are double-quoted or if we are not going to be performing word
+ splitting, we want to quote the value we return appropriately, like
+ the other expansions this function handles. */
+ w->word = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (t1) : quote_escapes (t1);
+ /* If we have something that's non-null, that's not a quoted null string,
+ and we're not going to be performing word splitting (we know we're not
+ because the operator is `='), we can forget we saw a quoted null. */
+ if (w->word && w->word[0] && QUOTED_NULL (w->word) == 0)
+ w->flags &= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
free (t1);
- return (temp);
+
+ /* If we convert a null string into a quoted null, make sure the caller
+ knows it. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && QUOTED_NULL (w->word))
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+
+ return w;
}
/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
printed. */
static void
-parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value)
+parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_null)
char *name, *value;
+ int check_null;
{
WORD_LIST *l;
char *temp;
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE); /* ensure it's non-zero */
if (value && *value)
{
l = expand_string (value, 0);
FREE (temp);
dispose_words (l);
}
+ else if (check_null == 0)
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter not set"), name);
else
- report_error ("%s: parameter null or not set", name);
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
/* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
are about to longjmp out. */
valid_length_expression (name)
char *name;
{
- return (!name[1] || /* ${#} */
- ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && !name[2]) || /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
- (member (name[1], "-?$!#") && !name[2]) || /* ${#-}, etc. */
- (digit (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
+ return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
+ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
+ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */
+ valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0) || /* ${#a[7]} */
#endif
legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
}
/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
length of a parameter. */
-static int
+static intmax_t
parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
char *name;
{
char *t, *newname;
- int number;
+ intmax_t number, arg_index;
WORD_LIST *list;
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
SHELL_VAR *var;
-#endif
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
number = number_of_args ();
- else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
+ else if (DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
number = number_of_args ();
- else if (member (name[1], "-?$!#") && name[2] == '\0')
+ else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
{
/* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
switch (name[1])
break;
case '!':
if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
- t = (char *)NULL;
+ t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
else
- t = itos ((int)last_asynchronous_pid);
+ t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
break;
case '#':
t = itos (number_of_args ());
FREE (t);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1))
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1, 0))
number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
else
{
number = 0;
- if (digit (name[1])) /* ${#1} */
+ if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
{
- t = get_dollar_var_value (atoi (name + 1));
- number = STRLEN (t);
+ t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
FREE (t);
}
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && array_p (var))
+ else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
{
- t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
- number = STRLEN (t);
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else
+ t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
}
#endif
+ /* Fast path for the common case of taking the length of a non-dynamic
+ scalar variable value. */
+ else if ((var || (var = find_variable (name + 1))) &&
+ invisible_p (var) == 0 &&
+ array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0 &&
+ var->dynamic_value == 0)
+ number = value_cell (var) ? MB_STRLEN (value_cell (var)) : 0;
+ else if (var == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error == 0)
+ number = 0;
else /* ${#PS1} */
{
newname = savestring (name);
if (list)
dispose_words (list);
- number = STRLEN (t);
+ number = t ? MB_STRLEN (t) : 0;
FREE (t);
}
}
return (number);
}
+/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
+ so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
+ the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
+ 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
+ 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
+ The SD_ARITHEXP flag to skip_to_delim takes care of doing this.
+*/
+
+static char *
+skiparith (substr, delim)
+ char *substr;
+ int delim;
+{
+ int i;
+ char delims[2];
+
+ delims[0] = delim;
+ delims[1] = '\0';
+
+ i = skip_to_delim (substr, 0, delims, SD_ARITHEXP);
+ return (substr + i);
+}
+
/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
static int
-verify_substring_values (value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
char *value, *substr;
- int vtype, *e1p, *e2p;
+ int vtype;
+ intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
{
- char *t, *temp1;
- int len, expok;
+ char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
+ arrayind_t len;
+ int expok;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
#endif
- t = strchr (substr, ':');
- if (t)
+ /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
+ t = skiparith (substr, ':');
+ if (*t && *t == ':')
*t = '\0';
- temp1 = maybe_expand_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
- *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ else
+ t = (char *)0;
+
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ *e1p = evalexp (temp1, 0, &expok); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
return (0);
+ len = -1; /* paranoia */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
- len = strlen (value);
+ len = MB_STRLEN (value);
break;
case VT_POSPARMS:
len = number_of_args () + 1;
+ if (*e1p == 0)
+ len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
break;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
- a = (ARRAY *)value;
- len = array_num_elements (a) + 1;
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
+ arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ {
+ h = assoc_cell (v);
+ len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ a = (ARRAY *)value;
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ }
break;
#endif
}
+ if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
+ return -1;
+
if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
*e1p += len;
- if (*e1p >= len || *e1p < 0)
+ if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
return (-1);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
+ len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a);
+#endif
+
if (t)
{
t++;
- temp1 = maybe_expand_string (t, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ temp2 = savestring (t);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
t[-1] = ':';
- *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ *e2p = evalexp (temp1, 0, &expok); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
- return (0);
- if (*e2p < 0)
- {
- internal_error ("%s: substring expression < 0", t);
+ return (0);
+
+ /* Should we allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards
+ from end of positional parameters? */
+#if 1
+ if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0)
+#else /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR && *e2p < 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
return (0);
- }
- *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
- if (*e2p > len)
- *e2p = len;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
+ to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
+ specific functions. */
+ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (*e2p < 0)
+ {
+ *e2p += len;
+ if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
+ if (*e2p > len)
+ *e2p = len;
+ }
}
else
*e2p = len;
/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
- by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element). */
+ by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
+ QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
+ FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
+ non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
+ passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
+ If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
+ characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
+ steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
static int
-get_var_and_type (varname, value, varp, valp)
+get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, varp, valp)
char *varname, *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ int quoted, flags;
SHELL_VAR **varp;
char **valp;
{
- int vtype;
- char *temp;
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ int vtype, want_indir;
+ char *temp, *vname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
-#endif
+ arrayind_t lind;
+
+ want_indir = *varname == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname[1]) || DIGIT (varname[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname[1]));
+ if (want_indir)
+ vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (varname+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname, 1), quoted, 1);
+ /* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */
+ else
+ vname = varname;
+
+ if (vname == 0)
+ {
+ vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ *valp = (char *)NULL;
+ return (vtype);
+ }
- vtype = (varname[0] == '@' || varname[0] == '*') && varname[1] == '\0'; /* VT_POSPARMS */
+ /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
+ vtype = STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (vname);
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && vname[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
*varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- if (valid_array_reference (varname))
+ if (valid_array_reference (vname, 0))
{
- v = array_variable_part (varname, &temp, (int *)0);
- if (v && array_p (v))
+ v = array_variable_part (vname, 0, &temp, (int *)0);
+ /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
+ set LIND to that index */
+ lind = (ind != INTMAX_MIN && (flags & AV_USEIND)) ? ind : 0;
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ *valp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v)))
{
- if ((temp[0] == '@' || temp[0] == '*') && temp[1] == ']')
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK)
{
+ /* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */
vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
- *valp = (char *)array_cell (v);
+ if (temp[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v);
}
else
{
vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
- *valp = array_value (varname, 1);
+ *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
}
*varp = v;
}
+ else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == RBRACK))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ *varp = v;
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = value ? dequote_string (value) : (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ *valp = value ? dequote_escapes (value) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
else
- return -1;
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
}
- else if ((v = find_variable (varname)) && array_p (v))
+ else if ((v = find_variable (vname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v)))
{
- vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
*varp = v;
- *valp = array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
+ *valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
}
else
#endif
- *valp = value;
+ {
+ if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ {
+ *varp = find_variable (vname);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ *valp = value;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ free (vname);
return vtype;
}
-/******************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
-/* */
-/******************************************************/
-
-/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
- is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
- VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+/***********************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform transformations on variable values */
+/* */
+/***********************************************************/
static char *
-parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, substr, quoted)
- char *varname, *value, *substr;
- int quoted;
+string_var_assignment (v, s)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
{
- int e1, e2, vtype, r;
- char *temp, *val;
- SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *ret, *val;
+ int i;
- if (value == 0)
- return ((char *)NULL);
+ val = (v && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0)) ? (char *)NULL : sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ if (i == 0 && val == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
- this_command_name = varname;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16 + MAX_ATTRIBUTES);
+ if (i > 0 && val == 0)
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name);
+ else if (i > 0)
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ else
+ sprintf (ret, "%s=%s", v->name, val);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
- vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, &v, &val);
- if (vtype == -1)
- return ((char *)NULL);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, atype)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int itype, quoted, atype;
+{
+ char *ret, *val, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
- r = verify_substring_values (val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
- if (r <= 0)
+ if (v == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ if (atype == 2)
+ val = array_p (v) ? array_to_kvpair (array_cell (v), 0)
+ : assoc_to_kvpair (assoc_cell (v), 0);
+ else
+ val = array_p (v) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v), 0)
+ : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v), 0);
+
+ if (val == 0 && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0))
+ ; /* placeholder */
+ else if (val == 0)
{
- if (val && vtype == VT_ARRAYMEMBER)
- free (val);
- return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+ val = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ val[0] = LPAREN;
+ val[1] = RPAREN;
+ val[2] = 0;
}
-
- switch (vtype)
+ else
{
- case VT_VARIABLE:
- case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
- temp = quoted ? quoted_substring (value, e1, e2) : substring (value, e1, e2);
- break;
- case VT_POSPARMS:
- temp = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted);
- break;
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- case VT_ARRAYVAR:
- temp = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, quoted);
- break;
-#endif
+ ret = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) ? quote_string (val) : quote_escapes (val);
+ free (val);
+ val = ret;
}
- return temp;
-}
+ if (atype == 2)
+ return val;
-/****************************************************************/
-/* */
-/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
-/* */
-/****************************************************************/
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + STRLEN (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
+ if (val)
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ else
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s", flags, v->name);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
-char *
-pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
- char *string, *pat, *rep;
- int mflags;
+static char *
+pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
{
- char *ret, *s, *e, *str;
- int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype;
+ char *temp, *ret;
- mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+ /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
+ temp = list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp) + 8);
+ strcpy (ret, "set -- ");
+ strcpy (ret + 7, temp);
+ free (temp);
+ return ret;
+}
- /* Special cases:
- * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
- * with REP and return the result.
- * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
- * STRING and return the result.
+static char *
+string_transform (xc, v, s)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *ret, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *t;
+ int i;
+
+ if (((xc == 'A' || xc == 'a') && v == 0))
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ else if (xc != 'a' && xc != 'A' && s == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
+ case 'a':
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ ret = string_var_assignment (v, s);
+ break;
+ case 'K':
+ ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ break;
+ /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
+ case 'E':
+ t = ansiexpand (s, 0, strlen (s), (int *)0);
+ ret = dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ ret = decode_prompt_string (s);
+ break;
+ case 'Q':
+ ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ break;
+ case 'U':
+ ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPPER);
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_UPFIRST); /* capitalize */
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ ret = sh_modcase (s, 0, CASE_LOWER);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+ int qflags;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = string_transform (xc, v, l->word->word);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); /* XXX */
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ qflags = quoted;
+ /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
+ performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
+ if (itype == '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
+ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, qflags, 0);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_transform (xc, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ ret = pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = list_transform (xc, (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_transform (xc, var, starsub, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int starsub; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = var; /* XXX - for now */
+
+ itype = starsub ? '*' : '@';
+
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 1));
+ else if (xc == 'K')
+ return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted, 2));
+
+ /* special case for unset arrays and attributes */
+ if (xc == 'a' && (invisible_p (v) || var_isset (v) == 0))
+ {
+ char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
+
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ return ((i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static int
+valid_parameter_transform (xform)
+ char *xform;
+{
+ if (xform[1])
+ return 0;
+
+ /* check for valid values of xform[0] */
+ switch (xform[0])
+ {
+ case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
+ case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
+ case 'K': /* expand assoc array to list of key/value pairs */
+ case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
+ case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
+ case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
+ case 'U': /* transform to uppercase */
+ case 'u': /* tranform by capitalizing */
+ case 'L': /* transform to lowercase */
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_transform (varname, value, ind, xform, rtype, quoted, pflags, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *xform;
+ int rtype, quoted, pflags, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, xc, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ xc = xform[0];
+ if (value == 0 && xc != 'A' && xc != 'a')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (valid_parameter_transform (xform) == 0)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 Martin Schulte <gnu@schrader-schulte.de> 10/2020 */
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+#else
+ return &expand_param_error;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ /* If we are asked to display the attributes of an unset variable, V will
+ be NULL after the call to get_var_and_type. Double-check here. */
+ if ((xc == 'a' || xc == 'A') && vtype == VT_VARIABLE && varname && v == 0)
+ v = find_variable (varname);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = string_transform (xc, v, val);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_transform (xc, v, starsub, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_transform (xc, varname[0], quoted);
+ if (temp1 && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+/******************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
+/* */
+/******************************************************/
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
+ E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
+ multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
+ Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
+static char *
+mb_substring (string, s, e)
+ char *string;
+ int s, e;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int start, stop, i;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ start = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0;
+
+ i = s;
+ while (string[start] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
+ stop = start;
+ i = e - s;
+ while (string[stop] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
+ tt = substring (string, start, stop);
+ return tt;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
+ is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
+ VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, ind, substr, quoted, pflags, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *substr;
+ int quoted, pflags, flags;
+{
+ intmax_t e1, e2;
+ int vtype, r, starsub;
+ char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0 && ((varname[0] != '@' && varname[0] != '*') || varname[1]))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ if (r <= 0)
+ {
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
+ else
+#endif
+ tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
+
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ temp = quote_string (tt);
+ else
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS)
+ tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted, pflags);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* assoc_subrange and array_subrange both call string_list_pos_params,
+ so we can treat this case just like VT_POSPARAMS. */
+ else if (assoc_p (v))
+ /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
+ element -- officially undefined for now */
+ tt = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags);
+ else
+ /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be
+ sparse, so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers
+ specified and we rely on array_subrange to understand how to
+ deal with them). */
+ tt = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted, pflags);
+#endif
+ /* We want to leave this alone in every case where pos_params/
+ string_list_pos_params quotes the list members */
+ if (tt && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (tt && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ {
+ temp = tt; /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static int
+shouldexp_replacement (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\\')
+ p++;
+ else if (*p == '&')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+char *
+pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr, *send;
+ int rptr, mtype, rxpand, mlen;
+ size_t rsize, l, replen, rslen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return (savestring (""));
+
+ mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+
+#if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2? */
+ rxpand = (rep && *rep) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep) : 0;
+#else
+ rxpand = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Special cases:
+ * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
+ * with REP and return the result.
+ * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ * 3. A null STRING with a matching pattern means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
*/
if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
{
replen = STRLEN (rep);
- l = strlen (string);
- ret = xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
- if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ l = STRLEN (string);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ else if (*string == 0 && (match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, &s, &e) != 0))
+ {
+ replen = STRLEN (rep);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + 1);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+ else
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+ send = string + strlen (string);
+
+ for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string; *str;)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
+ break;
+ l = s - str;
+
+ if (rep && rxpand)
+ {
+ int x;
+ mlen = e - s;
+ mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1);
+ for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++)
+ mstr[x] = s[x];
+ mstr[mlen] = '\0';
+ rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 0);
+ free (mstr);
+ rslen = strlen (rstr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rstr = rep;
+ rslen = replen;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64);
+
+ /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
+ str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
+ the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
+ rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
+ if (l)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
+ rptr += l;
+ }
+ if (replen)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen);
+ rptr += rslen;
+ }
+ str = e; /* e == end of match */
+
+ if (rstr != rep)
+ free (rstr);
+
+ if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
+ break;
+
+ if (s == e)
+ {
+ /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
+ we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
+ char *p, *origp, *origs;
+ size_t clen;
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, locale_mb_cur_max, rsize, 64);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ p = origp = ret + rptr;
+ origs = str;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (p, str, send);
+ rptr += p - origp;
+ e += str - origs;
+#else
+ ret[rptr++] = *str++;
+ e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
+ if (str && *str)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
+ strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
+ }
+ else
+ ret[rptr] = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+static char *
+pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags, pflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+ pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0;
+
+ /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
+ performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
+ if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_is_null)
+ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags);
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
+ and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
+ the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, ind, patsub, quoted, pflags, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patsub;
+ int quoted, pflags, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname; /* error messages */
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ mflags = 0;
+ /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
+ if (*patsub == '/')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
+ patsub++;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
+ functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
+ lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
+
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
+
+ /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
+ for the replacement delimiter. */
+ delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
+ if (lpatsub[delim] == '/')
+ {
+ lpatsub[delim] = 0;
+ rep = lpatsub + delim + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (rep && *rep == '\0')
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
+
+ if (rep)
+ {
+ /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
+ the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
+ extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
+ special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */
+ if (shell_compatibility_level > 42)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT), expand_string_unsplit);
+ /* This is the bash-4.2 code. */
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ else
+ rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ }
+
+ /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
+ pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
+ at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
+ though. */
+ p = pat;
+ if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_END;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
+ flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
+ everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
+ replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
+ CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
+ values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
+ code works right. We need to requote special chars after
+ we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
+ other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
+ indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ /* This does the right thing for the case where we are not performing
+ word splitting. MATCH_STARSUB restricts it to ${* /foo/bar}, and
+ pos_params_pat_subst/string_list_pos_params will do the right thing
+ in turn for the case where ifs_is_null. Posix interp 888 */
+ if ((pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2) && (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB))
+ mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
+ temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
- strcpy (ret, rep);
- strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
}
- else
+ else if (temp && quoted == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
{
- strcpy (ret, string);
- strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
}
- return (ret);
- }
-
- ret = xmalloc (rsize = 64);
- ret[0] = '\0';
-
- for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;)
- {
- if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
- break;
- l = s - str;
- RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + replen), rsize, 64);
+ else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
+ performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
+ expanded to make it identical to $*. */
+ if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ /* these eventually call string_list_pos_params */
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ temp = assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ else
+ temp = array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
- /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
- str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
- the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
- rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
- if (l)
+ if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
{
- strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
- rptr += l;
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
}
- if (replen)
+ else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
{
- strncpy (ret + rptr, rep, replen);
- rptr += replen;
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
}
- str = e; /* e == end of match */
- if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
- break;
+ break;
+#endif
}
- /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
- if (*str)
- {
- RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
- strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
- }
- else
- ret[rptr] = '\0';
+ FREE (pat);
+ FREE (rep);
+ free (lpatsub);
- return ret;
+ this_command_name = oname;
+
+ return temp;
}
-/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
+
static char *
-pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
- char *string, *pat, *rep;
+pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int modop;
int mflags;
{
WORD_LIST *save, *params;
WORD_DESC *w;
char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags, pflags;
save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
if (save == 0)
for ( ; params; params = params->next)
{
- ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
- w = make_bare_word (ret);
+ ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
dispose_word (params->word);
params->word = w;
- FREE (ret);
}
- ret = string_list ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_list (save) : save);
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+ pflags = (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS ? PF_ASSIGNRHS : 0;
+
+ /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
+ performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
+ if (pchar == '*' && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
+ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags, pflags);
dispose_words (save);
return (ret);
}
-/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
- VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
- and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
- the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+/* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
+ to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
+ currently in effect. */
static char *
-parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, patsub, quoted)
- char *varname, *value, *patsub;
- int quoted;
+parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, ind, modspec, patspec, quoted, pflags, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind, modspec;
+ char *patspec;
+ int quoted, pflags, flags;
{
- int vtype, mflags;
- char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p;
+ int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt, *oname;
SHELL_VAR *v;
if (value == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
+ oname = this_command_name;
this_command_name = varname;
- vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, &v, &val);
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
if (vtype == -1)
- return ((char *)NULL);
-
- mflags = 0;
- if (*patsub == '/')
{
- mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
- patsub++;
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
}
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ modop = 0;
+ mflags = 0;
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
-
- if (rep = quoted_strchr (patsub, '/', ST_BACKSL))
- *rep++ = '\0';
- else
- rep = (char *)NULL;
-
- if (rep && *rep == '\0')
- rep = (char *)NULL;
-
- /* Expand PAT and REP for command, variable and parameter, arithmetic,
- and process substitution. Also perform quote removal. Do not
- perform word splitting or filename generation. */
-#if 0
- pat = maybe_expand_string (patsub, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
-#else
- pat = maybe_expand_string (patsub, (quoted & ~Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES), expand_string_unsplit);
-#endif
- if (rep)
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS;
+
+ p = patspec;
+ if (modspec == '^')
{
- if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
- rep = maybe_expand_string (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
- else
- rep = expand_string_to_string (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST;
+ p += x;
}
-
- p = pat;
- if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ else if (modspec == ',')
{
- mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
- p++;
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST;
+ p += x;
}
- else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ else if (modspec == '~')
{
- mflags |= MATCH_END;
- p++;
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE;
+ p += x;
}
- else
- mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0;
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0;
- /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
- flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
- everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
- replaced. */
+ /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
switch (vtype)
{
case VT_VARIABLE:
case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
- temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
break;
+
case VT_POSPARMS:
- temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags);
+ if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
break;
+
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
- temp = array_pat_subst (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
+ performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
+ expanded to make it identical to $*. */
+ if ((mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) && (mflags & MATCH_ASSIGNRHS) && ifs_is_null)
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags)
+ : array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags);
+
+ if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ }
+ else if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+
break;
#endif
}
- if (val && v && array_p (v) && vtype == VT_ARRAYMEMBER)
- free (val);
-
FREE (pat);
- FREE (rep);
+ free (lpat);
+
+ this_command_name = oname;
return temp;
}
+/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
+ any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
+ Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
+ ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
+ means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
+ will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
+static int
+chk_arithsub (s, len)
+ const char *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, count;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = count = 0;
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ if (s[i] == LPAREN)
+ count++;
+ else if (s[i] == RPAREN)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (s[i])
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (count == 0);
+}
+
/****************************************************************/
/* */
/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
/* */
/****************************************************************/
-/* ${[#][!]name[[:]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
-static char *
-parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+/* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
char *string;
- int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *indexp, quoted, pflags, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
{
int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
- int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub;
+ int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod, want_attributes;
char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
- int t_index, sindex, c, number;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec, local_pflags, all_element_arrayref;
+ intmax_t number;
+ arrayind_t ind;
- value = (char *)NULL;
+ temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL;
var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
- want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = 0;
+ want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = want_attributes = 0;
+
+ local_pflags = 0;
+ all_element_arrayref = 0;
sindex = *indexp;
t_index = ++sindex;
- name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 1);
+ /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
+ if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME);
+ else
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
+ define CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE in config-top.h */
+# if defined (CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE)
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+# else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+# endif /* CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE */
+#else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
+
+ /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
+ the cleanest code ever. */
+ if (*name == 0 && sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '@')
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 2);
+ name[0] = '@';
+ name[1] = '\0';
+ t_index++;
+ }
+ else if (*name == '!' && t_index > sindex && string[t_index] == '@' && string[t_index+1] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, t_index - sindex + 2);
+ name[t_index - sindex] = '@';
+ name[t_index - sindex + 1] = '\0';
+ t_index++;
+ }
+
+ ret = 0;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ ind = INTMAX_MIN;
/* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
- to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */
- if ((sindex == t_index &&
- (string[t_index] == '-' ||
- string[t_index] == '?' ||
- string[t_index] == '#')) ||
- (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' &&
- (string[t_index] == '#' ||
- string[t_index] == '?' ||
- string[t_index] == '@' ||
- string[t_index] == '*')))
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
+ designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
+ general. */
+ if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[sindex + 1])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
{
t_index++;
- free (name);
- temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0);
- name = xmalloc (3 + (strlen (temp1)));
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1)));
*name = string[sindex];
if (string[sindex] == '!')
{
- /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
- name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
- strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
+ /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
+ name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
+ strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
}
else
strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
a substring specification is being given, and do not move
past it. */
- if (c == ':' && member (string[sindex], "-=?+"))
+ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
{
check_nullness++;
if (c = string[sindex])
}
else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
want_substring = 1;
- else if (c == '/' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ else if (c == '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
want_patsub = 1;
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~')
+ {
+ modspec = c;
+ want_casemod = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (c == '@' && (string[sindex] == 'a' || string[sindex] == 'A') && string[sindex+1] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ /* special case because we do not want to shortcut foo as foo[0] here */
+ want_attributes = 1;
+ local_pflags |= PF_ALLINDS;
+ }
/* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
tests above. */
/* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
- member (c, "-?#") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
{
- name = xrealloc (name, 3);
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
name[1] = c;
name[2] = '\0';
c = string[sindex++];
member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
- goto bad_substitution;
+ goto bad_substitution; /* XXX - substitution error */
}
/* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
want_indir = *name == '!' &&
- (legal_variable_starter (name[1]) || digit (name[1]) || member (name[1], "#?@*"));
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
- /* Determine the value of this variable. */
+ /* Determine the value of this variable whose name is NAME. */
/* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
- if ((digit (*name) && all_digits (name)) ||
- (name[1] == '\0' && member (*name, "#-?$!@*")) ||
- (want_indir && name[2] == '\0' && member (name[1], "#?@*")))
+ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
var_is_special++;
/* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
if (*name == '#' && name[1])
{
/* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
- closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
- Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
- substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
- to go on. */
+ closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
+ Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
+ substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
+ to go on. */
if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
- goto bad_substitution;
+ goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
+ if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (name+1);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
free (name);
*indexp = sindex;
- return ((number < 0) ? &expand_param_error : itos (number));
+ if (number < 0)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = itos (number);
+ return ret;
+ }
}
/* ${@} is identical to $@. */
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+
+ /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
+ legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ {
+ char **x;
+ WORD_LIST *xlist;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ number = strlen (temp1);
+ temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
+ x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
+ xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
+ if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist, quoted, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted, 0);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+ free (x);
+ dispose_words (xlist);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ return ret;
}
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ string[sindex - 2] == RBRACK && valid_array_reference (name+1, 0))
+ {
+ char *x, *x1;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ x = array_variable_name (temp1, 0, &x1, (int *)0);
+ FREE (x);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == RBRACK)
+ {
+ temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted, pflags); /* handles assoc vars too */
+ if (x1[0] == '@')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+
+ free (name);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
/* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
var_is_special) == 0)
{
temp = (char *)NULL;
- goto bad_substitution;
+ goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
if (want_indir)
- temp = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted);
+ {
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, pflags|local_pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ /* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function
+ to return the index we're supposed to be using. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->flags)
+ tdesc->flags &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ local_pflags |= PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&(PF_NOSPLIT2|PF_ASSIGNRHS));
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, local_pflags, &ind);
+ }
+
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ {
+ tflag = 0;
+ tdesc = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (tdesc)
+ {
+ temp = tdesc->word;
+ tflag = tdesc->flags;
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
else
- temp = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted);
+ temp = (char *)0;
+
+ if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ return (temp == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
-#if 0
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && valid_array_reference (name))
-#else
- if (valid_array_reference (name))
-#endif
+ if (valid_array_reference (name, 0))
{
- temp1 = strchr (name, '[');
- if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']')
- {
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
- *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
- if (contains_dollar_at)
- *contains_dollar_at = 1;
- } /* [ */
- /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
- which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
- if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0)
+ int qflags;
+ char *t;
+
+ qflags = quoted;
+ /* If in a context where word splitting will not take place, treat as
+ if double-quoted. Has effects with $* and ${array[*]} */
+
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES;
+ /* We duplicate a little code here */
+ t = mbschr (name, LBRACK);
+ if (t && ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[1]) && t[2] == RBRACK)
{
- if (contains_dollar_at)
- *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ all_element_arrayref = 1;
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && t[1] == '*') /* XXX */
+ qflags |= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES;
}
+ chk_atstar (name, qflags, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
}
#endif
var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
+ /* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */
+ if (check_nullness)
+ var_is_null |= var_is_set && var_is_special && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (check_nullness)
+ var_is_null |= var_is_set &&
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp) &&
+ valid_array_reference (name, 0) &&
+ chk_atstar (name, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+#endif
/* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
if (c && c != RBRACE)
{
/* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
- according to the Posix.2 rules. */
- value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted);
+ according to the Posix.2 rules. */
+ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#' || c =='/' || c == '^' || c == ',' || c ==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP|SX_WORD : SX_WORD);
if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
- sindex++;
+ sindex++;
else
- goto bad_substitution;
+ goto bad_substitution; /* substitution error */
}
else
value = (char *)NULL;
*indexp = sindex;
+ /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
+ variable error. */
+ if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '@' || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]) && all_element_arrayref == 0)
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+
/* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
if (want_substring)
{
- temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, value, quoted);
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ FREE (name);
+ return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ /* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted
+ "$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end
+ of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if
+ quoted_dollar_at == 0. */
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 &&
+ (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
FREE (name);
- FREE (value);
- FREE (temp);
- return (temp1);
+ return ret;
}
else if (want_patsub)
{
- temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, value, quoted);
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ FREE (name);
+ return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
FREE (name);
+ return ret;
+ }
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (want_casemod)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, ind, modspec, value, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
- return (temp1);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ FREE (name);
+ return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ FREE (name);
+ return ret;
}
+#endif
/* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
switch (c)
{
default:
case '\0':
- bad_substitution:
- report_error ("%s: bad substitution", string ? string : "??");
+bad_substitution:
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
FREE (value);
FREE (temp);
free (name);
- return &expand_param_error;
+ if (shell_compatibility_level <= 43)
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ else
+ return ((posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal : &expand_wdesc_error);
case RBRACE:
- if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
- {
- report_error ("%s: unbound variable", name);
- FREE (value);
- FREE (temp);
+ break;
+
+ case '@':
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_transform (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, pflags, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
free (name);
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
+ return (temp1 == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
- break;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ free (name);
+ return ret;
case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
- {
- FREE (value);
+ {
+ FREE (value);
break;
- }
- if ((name[0] == '@' || name[0] == '*') && name[1] == '\0')
- temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (value, name[0], c, quoted);
-#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- else if (valid_array_reference (name))
- temp1 = array_remove_pattern (value, name, temp, c, quoted);
-#endif
- else
- temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (value, temp, c, quoted);
+ }
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
free (temp);
free (value);
- temp = temp1;
- break;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
+ else if (temp1 && (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == 0) && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+ ret->flags |= W_SPLITSPACE; /* Posix interp 888 */
+
+ free (name);
+ return ret;
case '-':
case '=':
case '?':
case '+':
if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
- {
- /* We don't want the value of the named variable for
- anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
+ {
+ /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
+ variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
if (c == '+')
{
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
FREE (temp);
if (value)
- {
- temp = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
- quoted,
- quoted_dollar_atp,
- contains_dollar_at);
+ {
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
+ requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
+ double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
+ quoted,
+ pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
free (value);
}
else
- temp = (char *)NULL;
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else
{
/* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
}
else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
- {
+ {
FREE (temp);
temp = (char *)NULL;
if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
{
- report_error ("$%s: cannot assign in this way", name);
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
free (name);
free (value);
- return &expand_param_error;
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
}
else if (c == '?')
{
- parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value);
- return (interactive ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value, check_nullness);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
else if (c != '+')
- temp = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted,
- quoted_dollar_atp,
- contains_dollar_at);
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
+ that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
+ removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
+ }
free (value);
}
+
break;
}
free (name);
- return (temp);
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return (ret);
}
/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
-static char *
+static WORD_DESC *
param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
pflags)
int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
{
- char *temp, *temp1;
- int zindex, number, c, t_index, expok;
+ char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3], *savecmd;
+ int zindex, t_index, expok;
+ unsigned char c;
+ intmax_t number;
SHELL_VAR *var;
- WORD_LIST *list, *tlist;
+ WORD_LIST *list, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int tflag, nullarg;
+/*itrace("param_expand: `%s' pflags = %d", string+*sindex, pflags);*/
zindex = *sindex;
c = string[++zindex];
temp = (char *)NULL;
+ ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+ tflag = 0;
/* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
switch (c)
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
- temp1 = dollar_vars[digit_value (c)];
+ temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
+ /* This doesn't get called when (pflags&PF_IGNUNBOUND) != 0 */
if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
{
- report_error ("$%c: unbound variable", c);
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
- temp = temp1 ? savestring (temp1) : (char *)NULL;
+ if (temp1)
+ temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
break;
/* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 0;
temp = (char *)NULL;
- if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
{
- report_error ("$%c: unbound variable", c);
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
}
else
- temp = itos ((int)last_asynchronous_pid);
+ temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
break;
/* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
case '*': /* `$*' */
list = list_rest_of_args ();
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '*';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
/* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
even if it's quoted. */
if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
temp = (char *)NULL;
- else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
{
/* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
null, the parameters are concatenated. */
- temp = string_list_dollar_star (list);
- temp1 = quote_string (temp);
- free (temp);
- temp = temp1;
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0) : string_list (list);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? quote_string (temp) : temp;
+ if (*temp == 0)
+ tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ if (temp != temp1)
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
}
else
- {
- /* If the $* is not quoted it is identical to $@ */
- temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
- if (contains_dollar_at)
- *contains_dollar_at = 1;
- }
+ {
+ /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
+ for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
+ an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
+ arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
+ identical to $@ */
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS unset: no splitting,
+ separate with space */
+ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
+ temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1;
+ /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
+ FREE (temp1);
+ }
+ else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to '' */
+ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
+ temp = temp1 ? quote_escapes (temp1) : temp1;
+ FREE (temp1);
+ }
+ else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to non-null value */
+ temp1 = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, pflags);
+ temp = temp1 ? quote_string (temp1) : temp1;
+
+ /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ tflag |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL;
+ FREE (temp1);
+ }
+ /* XXX - should we check ifs_is_set here as well? */
+# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+# else
+ else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0)
+# endif
+ /* Posix interp 888: not RHS, no splitting, IFS set to '' */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list, quoted, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, 0);
+ /* Set W_SPLITSPACE to make sure the individual positional
+ parameters are split into separate arguments */
+#if 0
+ if (quoted == 0 && (ifs_is_set == 0 || ifs_is_null))
+#else /* change with bash-5.0 */
+ if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_null)
+#endif
+ tflag |= W_SPLITSPACE;
+ /* If we're not quoted but we still don't want word splitting, make
+ we quote the IFS characters to protect them from splitting (e.g.,
+ when $@ is in the string as well). */
+ else if (temp && quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS))
+ {
+ temp1 = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
dispose_words (list);
break;
case '@': /* `$@' */
list = list_rest_of_args ();
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '@';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (nullarg = 0, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ if (l->word && (l->word->word == 0 || l->word->word[0] == 0))
+ nullarg = 1;
+ }
+
/* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
way to signal that the final split on the first character
of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
+ /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
*quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
- temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ /* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not
+ performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply
+ that we have to expand $@ to all the positional parameters and
+ separate them with spaces, which are preserved because word splitting
+ doesn't take place. See below for how we use PF_NOSPLIT2 here. */
+
+ /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed. */
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, (quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES), pflags);
+ if (nullarg)
+ tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* we know quoting produces quoted nulls */
+ }
+ /* This needs to match what expand_word_internal does with non-quoted $@
+ does with separating with spaces. Passing Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means that
+ the characters in LIST will be quoted, and PF_ASSIGNRHS ensures that
+ they will separated by spaces. After doing this, we need the special
+ handling for PF_NOSPLIT2 in expand_word_internal to remove the CTLESC
+ quotes. */
+ else if (pflags & PF_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc[0] != ' ')
+#else
+ if (quoted == 0 && ifs_is_set && ifs_is_null == 0 && ifs_firstc != ' ')
+#endif
+ /* Posix interp 888 */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, pflags);
+ else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted, pflags);
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
dispose_words (list);
break;
case LBRACE:
- temp = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted,
- quoted_dollar_at_p,
- contains_dollar_at);
- if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
- return (temp);
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_at_p,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0;
/* XXX */
- /* quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
+ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
in the string. */
/* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
the end of this function if there are no other characters
- in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. */
- if (temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
+ this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
+ special handling. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
{
if (had_quoted_null_p)
*had_quoted_null_p = 1;
- free (temp);
- temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
}
+ ret = tdesc;
goto return0;
/* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
case LPAREN:
/* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
t_index = zindex + 1;
- temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index);
+ /* XXX - might want to check for string[t_index+2] == LPAREN and parse
+ as arithmetic substitution immediately. */
+ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, (pflags&PF_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0);
zindex = t_index;
/* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
- extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
+ extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
{
char *temp2;
/* Cut off ending `)' */
temp2[t_index] = '\0';
+ if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+#if 0
+ internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
+#endif
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
/* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
- temp1 = maybe_expand_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
free (temp2);
arithsub:
/* No error messages. */
+ savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
- number = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ number = evalexp (temp1, EXP_EXPANDED, &expok);
+ this_command_name = savecmd;
free (temp);
free (temp1);
if (expok == 0)
{
if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
{
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- return (&expand_param_fatal);
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
}
else
- return (&expand_param_error);
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
}
temp = itos (number);
break;
}
comsub:
- temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
+ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
+ else
+ {
+ tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted, pflags&PF_ASSIGNRHS);
+ temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tdesc)
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
FREE (temp);
temp = temp1;
break;
/* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
away in a future bash release. */
- case '[':
- /* We have to extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
+ case '[': /*]*/
+ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
t_index = zindex + 1;
temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
zindex = t_index;
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ temp = savestring (string);
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
/* Do initial variable expansion. */
- temp1 = maybe_expand_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
goto arithsub;
if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
{
FREE (temp1);
- temp = xmalloc (2);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
temp[0] = '$';
temp[1] = '\0';
if (expanded_something)
/* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
var = find_variable (temp1);
- if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && value_cell (var))
+ if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
{
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- if (array_p (var))
+ if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var))
{
- temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0)
+ : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
if (temp)
- temp = quote_escapes (temp);
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ goto unbound_variable;
}
else
#endif
- temp = quote_escapes (value_cell (var));
- free (temp1);
- if (tempvar_p (var)) /* XXX */
{
- dispose_variable (var); /* XXX */
- var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : ((pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? quote_rhs (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp));
}
+
+ free (temp1);
+
goto return0;
}
+ else if (var && (invisible_p (var) || var_isset (var) == 0))
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if ((var = find_variable_last_nameref (temp1, 0)) && var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = nameref_cell (var);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp, 0))
+ {
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (temp, SPECIAL_VAR (temp, 0), quoted, pflags, (arrayind_t *)NULL);
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ ret = tdesc;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */
+ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error); /* XXX */
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
temp = (char *)NULL;
+unbound_variable:
if (unbound_vars_is_error)
- report_error ("%s: unbound variable", temp1);
+ {
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ err_unboundvar (temp1);
+ }
else
{
free (temp1);
}
free (temp1);
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
- ? &expand_param_fatal
- : &expand_param_error);
+ ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
+ : &expand_wdesc_error);
}
if (string[zindex])
return0:
*sindex = zindex;
- return (temp);
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at ()
+{
+ dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at);
+ cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
}
/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
{
WORD_LIST *list;
WORD_DESC *tword;
- SHELL_VAR *var;
/* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
char *istring;
/* The current size of the above object. */
- int istring_size;
+ size_t istring_size;
/* Index into ISTRING. */
int istring_index;
/* The text of WORD. */
register char *string;
+ /* The size of STRING. */
+ size_t string_size;
+
/* The index into STRING. */
int sindex;
string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
int quoted_state;
+ /* State flags */
int had_quoted_null;
- int has_dollar_at;
+ int has_quoted_ifs; /* did we add a quoted $IFS character here? */
+ int has_dollar_at, temp_has_dollar_at;
+ int split_on_spaces;
+ int local_expanded;
+ int tflag;
+ int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */
+ int mb_cur_max;
+
+ int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
- register int c; /* Current character. */
- int number; /* Temporary number value. */
+ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
- char ifscmap[256];
+ char twochars[2];
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@" */
+ if (STREQ (word->word, "\"$@\"") &&
+ (word->flags == (W_HASDOLLAR|W_QUOTED)) &&
+ dollar_vars[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ if (cached_quoted_dollar_at)
+ return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at));
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ list = quote_list (list);
+ cached_quoted_dollar_at = copy_word_list (list);
+ return (list);
+ }
- istring = xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
+ has_quoted_ifs = 0;
+ split_on_spaces = 0;
quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
string = word->word;
if (string == 0)
goto finished_with_string;
+ mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+
+ /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
+ multibyte characters are possible, but do need it for bounds checking. */
+ string_size = (mb_cur_max > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 0;
- /* Cache a bitmap of characters in IFS for quoting IFS characters that are
- not part of an expansion. POSIX.2 says this is a must. */
- temp = getifs ();
- bzero (ifscmap, sizeof (ifscmap));
- for (temp1 = temp; temp1 && *temp1; temp1++)
-#if 0
- /* This check compensates for what I think is a parsing problem -- the
- end brace matching algorithms for ${...} expressions differ between
- parse.y and subst.c. For instance, the parser passes
- ${abc:-G { I } K } as one word when it should be three. */
- if (*temp1 != ' ' && *temp1 != '\t' && *temp1 != '\n')
-#endif
- ifscmap[*temp1] = 1;
+ assignoff = -1;
/* Begin the expansion. */
{
c = string[sindex];
- /* Case on toplevel character. */
+ /* Case on top-level character. */
switch (c)
{
case '\0':
goto finished_with_string;
case CTLESC:
- temp = xmalloc (3);
- temp[0] = CTLESC;
- temp[1] = c = string[++sindex];
- temp[2] = '\0';
+ sindex++;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1 && string[sindex])
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
dollar_add_string:
if (string[sindex])
case '<':
case '>':
{
- if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || posixly_correct)
+ /* XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start
+ of a word */
+ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)))
{
- sindex--;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
goto add_character;
}
else
t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
- temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index); /*))*/
+ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index, 0); /*))*/
sindex = t_index;
/* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
}
#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+ case '=':
+ /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
+ which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
+ shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
+ on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
+ include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
+ contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
+ now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
+ to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
+ assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
+ even in POSIX mode. */
+ if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE))
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
+ expansion, note where the first `=' appears in the word and prepare
+ to do tilde expansion following the first `='. We have to keep
+ track of the first `=' (using assignoff) to avoid being confused
+ by an `=' in the rhs of the assignment statement. */
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0)
+ assignoff = sindex;
+ if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ word->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS; /* affects $@ */
+
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ {
+ has_quoted_ifs++;
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case ':':
+ if (word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_NOASSNTILDE))
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS)) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case '~':
+ /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
+ at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
+ assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. We don't
+ do tilde expansion if quoted or in an arithmetic context. */
+
+ if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) ||
+ (sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) ||
+ (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ {
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ tflag = 2;
+ else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP))
+ tflag = 1;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index);
+
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0)
+ {
+ temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag);
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ FREE (temp1);
+ goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */
+ }
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ sindex += t_index;
+ goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
case '$':
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
-
- has_dollar_at = 0;
- temp = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
- &has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
- &had_quoted_null, 0);
-
- if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
+ local_expanded = 1;
+
+ temp_has_dollar_at = 0;
+ pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS;
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE)
+ pflags |= PF_COMPLETE;
+
+ tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ &temp_has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
+ &had_quoted_null, pflags);
+ has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
+ split_on_spaces += (tword->flags & W_SPLITSPACE);
+
+ if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
{
free (string);
free (istring);
- return ((temp == &expand_param_error) ? &expand_word_error
- : &expand_word_fatal);
+ return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
}
if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
+ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */
+
+ temp = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+
+ /* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of
+ expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */
+ if (had_quoted_null && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
goto add_string;
break;
case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
{
- sindex++;
+ t_index = sindex++;
+ temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", SX_REQMATCH);
+ /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
+ ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
+ if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal)
+ {
+ if (sindex - 1 == t_index)
+ {
+ sindex = t_index;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index);
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
+ local_expanded = 1;
- temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", 0);
- de_backslash (temp);
- temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
+ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
+ else
+ {
+ de_backslash (temp);
+ tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted, 0);
+ temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tword)
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+ }
FREE (temp);
temp = temp1;
goto dollar_add_string;
c = string[++sindex];
- if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
- temp1 = slashify_in_here_document;
+ /* "However, the double-quote character ( '"' ) shall not be treated
+ specially within a here-document, except when the double-quote
+ appears within "$()", "``", or "${}"." */
+ if ((quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) && (quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == '"')
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE; /* special case */
+ else if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ tflag = CBSHDOC;
else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
- temp1 = slashify_in_quotes;
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
else
- temp1 = "";
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
+ a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
+ if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ /* This is the fix for " $@\ " */
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0) && isexp == 0 && isifs (c))
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = '\\';
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && member (c, temp1) == 0)
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && c == 0)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = '\\';
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+ break;
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
{
- temp = xmalloc (3);
- temp[0] = '\\'; temp[1] = c; temp[2] = '\0';
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
}
else
- /* This character is quoted, so add it in quoted mode. */
- temp = make_quoted_char (c);
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+
+ sindex++;
+add_twochars:
+ /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
- if (c)
- sindex++;
- goto add_string;
+ break;
case '"':
- if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_NOQUOTE))
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0))
goto add_character;
t_index = ++sindex;
- temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0);
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, (word->flags & W_COMPLETE) ? SX_COMPLETE : 0);
/* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
whole word was quoted. */
quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
? WHOLLY_QUOTED
- : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
if (temp && *temp)
{
- tword = make_word (temp); /* XXX */
- free (temp);
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = temp;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ tword->flags |= word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNRHS); /* affects $@ */
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPLETE)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPLETE; /* for command substitutions */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOCOMSUB;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOPROCSUB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOPROCSUB;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNRHS;
+
temp = (char *)NULL;
- has_dollar_at = 0;
- list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+ temp_has_dollar_at = 0; /* does this quoted (sub)string include $@? */
+ /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
+ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &temp_has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+ has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
{
/* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
- parameters. */
- if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at)
+ parameters. Posix interp 888 says that other parts of the
+ word that expand to quoted nulls result in quoted nulls, so
+ we can't just throw the entire word away if we have "$@"
+ anywhere in it. We use had_quoted_null to keep track */
+ if (list == 0 && temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
{
quoted_dollar_at++;
break;
}
+ /* If this list comes back with a quoted null from expansion,
+ we have either "$x" or "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case,
+ we need to make sure we add a quoted null argument and
+ disable the special handling that "$@" gets. */
+ if (list && list->word && list->next == 0 && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ {
+ if (had_quoted_null && temp_has_dollar_at)
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */
+ }
+
/* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
- a single word, in which all characters are quoted and
- separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back
- into a list for the next piece of code. */
+ multiple words. */
if (list)
dequote_list (list);
- if (has_dollar_at)
+ if (temp_has_dollar_at) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
{
quoted_dollar_at++;
if (contains_dollar_at)
*contains_dollar_at = 1;
if (expanded_something)
*expanded_something = 1;
+ local_expanded = 1;
}
}
else
{
/* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
- free (temp);
+ FREE (temp);
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
}
/* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
/* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
temp = quoted_dollar_at
- ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0)
: string_list (quote_list (list));
dispose_words (list);
goto add_string;
else
{
temp = savestring (list->word->word);
+ tflag = list->word->flags;
dispose_words (list);
-#if 1
+
/* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
contain other characters. For example, if we have
x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
- the $* should expand into nothing. */
- if (QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
+ the $* should expand into nothing. */
+ /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
+ cases: a quoted null character as above and when
+ CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
+ of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
+ pass the value through this function to its caller. */
+ if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
-#endif
}
}
else
temp = (char *)NULL;
- /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
- partially quoted; we can throw them away. */
if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to
+ this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
+ since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
+ will cause word splitting. */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--;
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
continue;
add_quoted_string:
temp1 = temp;
temp = quote_string (temp);
free (temp1);
+ goto add_string;
}
else
{
/* Add NULL arg. */
- temp = xmalloc (2);
- temp[0] = CTLNUL;
- temp[1] = '\0';
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
+ goto add_character;
}
- goto add_string;
+
/* break; */
case '\'':
- if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_NOQUOTE))
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
goto add_character;
t_index = ++sindex;
then the string is wholly quoted. */
quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
? WHOLLY_QUOTED
- : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
/* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
if (*temp == '\0')
temp = (char *)NULL;
}
else
- remove_quoted_escapes (temp);
+ remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
+
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* note for later */
/* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
- partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */
- if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. See above for the
+ exception, which is when the string is going to be split.
+ Posix interp 888/1129 */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_EXPANDRHS|W_ASSIGNRHS)) == W_EXPANDRHS)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
continue;
- goto add_quoted_string;
+ /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_quoted_string;
+
/* break; */
+ case ' ':
+ /* If we are in a context where the word is not going to be split, but
+ we need to account for $@ and $* producing one word for each
+ positional parameter, add quoted spaces so the spaces in the
+ expansion of "$@", if any, behave correctly. We still may need to
+ split if we are expanding the rhs of a word expansion. */
+ if (ifs_is_null || split_on_spaces || ((word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2|W_ASSIGNRHS)) && (word->flags & W_EXPANDRHS) == 0))
+ {
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
default:
/* This is the fix for " $@ " */
- if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && ifscmap[c]))
+add_ifs_character:
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c) && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0))
{
- temp = make_quoted_char (c);
- goto dollar_add_string;
+ if ((quoted&(Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)
+ has_quoted_ifs++;
+add_quoted_character:
+ if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
+ sindex++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ /* XXX - should make sure that c is actually multibyte,
+ otherwise we can use the twochars branch */
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1)
+ sindex--;
+
+ if (mb_cur_max > 1)
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ }
}
- add_character:
+ SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+
+add_character:
RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
istring[istring_index++] = c;
{
istring[0] = CTLNUL;
istring[1] = '\0';
- tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = istring;
+ istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
/* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
word is removed. */
+ /* XXX - exception appears to be that quoted null strings result in
+ null arguments */
else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
-#if 0
else
- {
- tword = make_bare_word (istring);
- list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
- if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
- tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
- }
-#endif
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
{
- tword = make_bare_word (istring);
- list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = istring;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */
if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE; /* XXX */
if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
- tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ list = list_string (istring, "", quoted);
+ tword = list->word;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (list);
+ free (istring);
+ istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
+ goto set_word_flags;
}
else
{
char *ifs_chars;
- ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? getifs () : (char *)NULL;
+ ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
/* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
- with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. */
- if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
+ with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If
+ SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either
+ unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces
+ regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion,
+ or we expanded "$@" with IFS null and we need to split the positional
+ parameters into separate words. */
+ if (split_on_spaces)
+ {
+ /* If IFS is not set, and the word is not quoted, we want to split
+ the individual words on $' \t\n'. We rely on previous steps to
+ quote the portions of the word that should not be split */
+ if (ifs_is_set == 0)
+ list = list_string (istring, " \t\n", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
+ else
+ list = list_string (istring, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
+ }
+
+ /* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we
+ don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted,
+ we have already separated the arguments with the first character of
+ $IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word
+ with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other
+ shells seem to do).
+ quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are
+ passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a
+ double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */
+ else if (has_dollar_at && quoted_dollar_at == 0 && ifs_chars && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2))
+ {
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ /* Only split and rejoin if we have to */
+ if (*ifs_chars && *ifs_chars != ' ')
+ {
+ /* list_string dequotes CTLESCs in the string it's passed, so we
+ need it to get the space separation right if space isn't the
+ first character in IFS (but is present) and to remove the
+ quoting we added back in param_expand(). */
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ /* This isn't exactly right in the case where we're expanding
+ the RHS of an expansion like ${var-$@} where IFS=: (for
+ example). The W_NOSPLIT2 means we do the separation with :;
+ the list_string removes the quotes and breaks the string into
+ a list, and the string_list rejoins it on spaces. When we
+ return, we expect to be able to split the results, but the
+ space separation means the right split doesn't happen. */
+ tword->word = string_list (list);
+ }
+ else
+ tword->word = istring;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ if (tword->word != istring)
+ free (istring);
+ istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
+ goto set_word_flags;
+ }
+ else if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
else
{
- tword = make_bare_word (istring);
- list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ if (expanded_something && *expanded_something == 0 && has_quoted_ifs)
+ tword->word = remove_quoted_ifs (istring);
+ else
+ tword->word = istring;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring)) /* should check for more than one */
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ else if (had_quoted_null)
+ tword->flags |= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ if (tword->word != istring)
+ free (istring);
+ istring = 0; /* avoid later free() */
+set_word_flags:
if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN;
if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
- backslash quoting rules for within double quotes. */
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
char *
string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
char *string;
int quoted;
{
- char *r, *result_string, *temp;
- int sindex, tindex, c, dquote;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
+ int sindex, tindex, dquote;
+ unsigned char c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
/* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
- r = result_string = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
{
{
case '\\':
c = string[++sindex];
- if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && member (c, slashify_in_quotes) == 0)
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
*r++ = '\\';
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
- *r++ = c;
- sindex++;
+ SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
break;
case '\'':
char *t;
t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
- w = make_bare_word (t);
- free (t);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = t ? t : savestring ("");
return (w);
}
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
{
- WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult;
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
{
- tresult = (WORD_LIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (WORD_LIST));
- tresult->word = word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted);
- tresult->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+#if 0
result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
}
return (result);
}
* *
*******************************************/
-static char *
-getifs ()
+void
+setifs (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
{
- SHELL_VAR *ifs;
+ char *t;
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ ifs_var = v;
+ ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
+
+ ifs_is_set = ifs_var != 0;
+ ifs_is_null = ifs_is_set && (*ifs_value == 0);
+
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
+ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
+ for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
+ {
+ uc = *t;
+ ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0'; /* XXX - ? */
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (locale_utf8locale && UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (*ifs_value))
+ ifs_firstc_len = (*ifs_value != 0) ? 1 : 0;
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ }
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
+ ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
+}
- ifs = find_variable ("IFS");
- /* If IFS is unset, it defaults to " \t\n". */
- return (ifs ? value_cell (ifs) : " \t\n");
+char *
+getifs ()
+{
+ return ifs_value;
}
/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
don't do any splitting. */
WORD_LIST *
-word_split (w)
+word_split (w, ifs_chars)
WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ifs_chars;
{
WORD_LIST *result;
- SHELL_VAR *ifs;
- char *ifs_chars;
if (w)
{
- ifs = find_variable ("IFS");
- /* If IFS is unset, it defaults to " \t\n". */
- ifs_chars = ifs ? value_cell (ifs) : " \t\n";
-
- if ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || !ifs_chars)
- ifs_chars = "";
+ char *xifs;
- result = list_string (w->word, ifs_chars, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
-
- if (ifs && tempvar_p (ifs)) /* XXX */
- dispose_variable (ifs); /* XXX */
+ xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
+ result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
}
else
result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
word_list_split (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
- WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult;
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
{
- tresult = word_split (t->word);
- result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+ tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+ /* POSIX 2.6: "If the complete expansion appropriate for a word results
+ in an empty field, that empty field shall be deleted from the list
+ of fields that form the completely expanded command, unless the
+ original word contained single-quote or double-quote characters."
+ This is where we handle these words that contain quoted null strings
+ and other characters that expand to nothing after word splitting. */
+ if (tresult == 0 && t->word && (t->word->flags & W_SAWQUOTEDNULL)) /* XXX */
+ {
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ w->word[0] = '\0';
+ tresult = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
}
return (result);
}
* *
**************************************************/
+/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
+static void
+exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
+ int v;
+{
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+
+ /* Cleanup code goes here. */
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
+ if (expanding_redir)
+ undo_partial_redirects ();
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+
+ if (parse_and_execute_level == 0)
+ top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
+
+ jump_to_top_level (v);
+}
+
/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
-static WORD_LIST *varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
-
/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
- on VARLIST. */
+ on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
static WORD_LIST *
separate_out_assignments (tlist)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
{
register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
- if (!tlist)
+ if (tlist == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
- if (varlist)
- dispose_words (varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
- varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
vp = lp = tlist;
/* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
Loop postcondition:
- lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
- tlist = original list of words
+ lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
+ tlist = original list of words
*/
while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
{
lp = lp->next;
}
- /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements. */
- /* We make VARLIST point to the list of assignment words and
- TLIST point to the remaining words. */
+ /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
+ We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
+ words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
if (lp != tlist)
{
- varlist = tlist;
+ subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
/* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
/* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
/* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
- words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on VARLIST. */
+ words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
+ SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
if (place_keywords_in_env)
{
WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
{
/* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
- varlist (vp). */
- if (!varlist)
- varlist = vp = lp;
+ subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
+ if (!subst_assign_varlist)
+ subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
else
{
vp->next = lp;
register int glob_index;
WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
WORD_DESC *tword;
+ int x;
output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
glob_array = (char **)NULL;
original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
- in reverse order and requires a call to reverse_list to
+ in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
words are freed. */
next = tlist->next;
/* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
- pattern matching character, then glob it. */
-#if 0
- if ((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0 &&
-#else
+ pattern matching character, then glob it. */
if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
-#endif
unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
{
- glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word);
+ glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word, QGLOB_CTLESC); /* XXX */
/* Handle error cases.
I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
or directory". However, I would like to report errors
like "Read failed". */
- if (GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
+ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
{
- glob_array = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
+ glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
}
for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
{
tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
- tword->flags |= W_GLOBEXP; /* XXX */
glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
}
output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
}
+ else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
{
/* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
}
- free_array (glob_array);
+ strvec_dispose (glob_array);
glob_array = (char **)NULL;
tlist = next;
{
next = tlist->next;
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
/* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
- degenerate to a bunch of calls to `strchr', and then what is
+ degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
- by a call to reverse_list () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
+ by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
is reached. */
- if (strchr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
+ if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
{
expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
{
- w = make_word (temp_string);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = temp_string;
+
/* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
unconditionally someday -- XXX */
if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
+ else
+ w = make_word_flags (w, temp_string);
+
output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
- free (expansions[eindex]);
}
free (expansions);
}
#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Take WORD, a compound array assignment, and internally run (for example),
+ 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. OPTION is
+ the list of options to supply to `declare'. CMD is the declaration command
+ we are expanding right now; it's unused currently. */
+static int
+make_internal_declare (word, option, cmd)
+ char *word;
+ char *option;
+ char *cmd;
+{
+ int t, r;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = make_word (word);
+
+ t = assignment (w->word, 0);
+ if (w->word[t] == '=')
+ {
+ w->word[t] = '\0';
+ if (w->word[t - 1] == '+') /* cut off any append op */
+ w->word[t - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl);
+
+ r = declare_builtin (wl);
+
+ dispose_words (wl);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Expand VALUE in NAME[+]=( VALUE ) to a list of words. FLAGS is 1 if NAME
+ is an associative array.
+
+ If we are processing an indexed array, expand_compound_array_assignment
+ will expand all the individual words and quote_compound_array_list will
+ single-quote them. If we are processing an associative array, we use
+ parse_string_to_word_list to split VALUE into a list of words instead of
+ faking up a shell variable and calling expand_compound_array_assignment.
+ expand_and_quote_assoc_word expands and single-quotes each word in VALUE
+ together so we don't have problems finding the end of the subscript when
+ quoting it.
+
+ Words in VALUE can be individual words, which are expanded and single-quoted,
+ or words of the form [IND]=VALUE, which end up as explained below, as
+ ['expanded-ind']='expanded-value'. */
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_oneword (value, flags)
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l, *nl;
+ char *t;
+ int kvpair;
+
+ if (flags == 0)
+ {
+ /* Indexed array */
+ l = expand_compound_array_assignment ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL, value, flags);
+ /* Now we quote the results of the expansion above to prevent double
+ expansion. */
+ quote_compound_array_list (l, flags);
+ return l;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Associative array */
+ l = parse_string_to_word_list (value, 1, "array assign");
+#if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT
+ kvpair = kvpair_assignment_p (l);
+#endif
+
+ /* For associative arrays, with their arbitrary subscripts, we have to
+ expand and quote in one step so we don't have to search for the
+ closing right bracket more than once. */
+ for (nl = l; nl; nl = nl->next)
+ {
+#if ASSOC_KVPAIR_ASSIGNMENT
+ if (kvpair)
+ /* keys and values undergo the same set of expansions */
+ t = expand_and_quote_kvpair_word (nl->word->word);
+ else
+#endif
+ if ((nl->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0)
+ t = sh_single_quote (nl->word->word ? nl->word->word : "");
+ else
+ t = expand_and_quote_assoc_word (nl->word->word, flags);
+ free (nl->word->word);
+ nl->word->word = t;
+ }
+ return l;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Expand a single compound assignment argument to a declaration builtin.
+ This word takes the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). The NAME[+]= is passed through
+ unchanged. The VALUE is expanded and each word in the result is single-
+ quoted. Words of the form [key]=value end up as
+ ['expanded-key']='expanded-value'. Associative arrays have special
+ handling, see expand_oneword() above. The return value is
+ NAME[+]=( expanded-and-quoted-VALUE ). */
+static void
+expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, flags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int wlen, oind, t;
+ char *value, *temp;
+
+/*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: original word = -%s-", tlist->word->word);*/
+ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
+
+ /* value doesn't have the open and close parens */
+ oind = 1;
+ value = extract_array_assignment_list (tlist->word->word + t + 1, &oind);
+ /* This performs one round of expansion on the index/key and value and
+ single-quotes each word in the result. */
+ l = expand_oneword (value, flags);
+ free (value);
+
+ value = string_list (l);
+ wlen = STRLEN (value);
+
+ /* Now, let's rebuild the string */
+ temp = xmalloc (t + 3 + wlen + 1); /* name[+]=(value) */
+ memcpy (temp, tlist->word->word, ++t);
+ temp[t++] = '(';
+ if (value)
+ memcpy (temp + t, value, wlen);
+ t += wlen;
+ temp[t++] = ')';
+ temp[t] = '\0';
+/*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: reconstructed word = -%s-", temp);*/
+
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp;
+
+ free (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand and process an argument to a declaration command. We have already
+ set flags in TLIST->word->flags depending on the declaration command
+ (declare, local, etc.) and the options supplied to it (-a, -A, etc.).
+ TLIST->word->word is of the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ).
+
+ This does several things, all using pieces of other functions to get the
+ evaluation sequence right. It's called for compound array assignments with
+ the W_ASSIGNMENT flag set (basically, valid identifier names on the lhs).
+ It parses out which flags need to be set for declare to create the variable
+ correctly, then calls declare internally (make_internal_declare) to make
+ sure the variable exists with the correct attributes. Before the variable
+ is created, it calls expand_compound_assignment_word to expand VALUE to a
+ list of words, appropriately quoted for further evaluation. This preserves
+ the semantics of word-expansion-before-calling-builtins. Finally, it calls
+ do_word_assignment to perform the expansion and assignment with the same
+ expansion semantics as a standalone assignment statement (no word splitting,
+ etc.) even though the word is single-quoted so all that needs to happen is
+ quote removal. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist, *wcmd;
+{
+ char opts[16], omap[128];
+ int t, opti, oind, skip, inheriting;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+
+ inheriting = localvar_inherit;
+ opti = 0;
+ if (tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL|W_CHKLOCAL|W_ASSIGNARRAY))
+ opts[opti++] = '-';
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+ opts[opti++] = 'A';
+ }
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+ opts[opti++] = 'a';
+ }
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'a';
+ }
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_CHKLOCAL)
+ opts[opti++] = 'G';
+
+ /* If we have special handling note the integer attribute and others
+ that transform the value upon assignment. What we do is take all
+ of the option arguments and scan through them looking for options
+ that cause such transformations, and add them to the `opts' array. */
+
+ memset (omap, '\0', sizeof (omap));
+ for (l = wcmd->next; l != tlist; l = l->next)
+ {
+ if (l->word->word[0] != '-')
+ break; /* non-option argument */
+ if (l->word->word[0] == '-' && l->word->word[1] == '-' && l->word->word[2] == 0)
+ break; /* -- signals end of options */
+ for (oind = 1; l->word->word[oind]; oind++)
+ switch (l->word->word[oind])
+ {
+ case 'I':
+ inheriting = 1;
+ case 'i':
+ case 'l':
+ case 'u':
+ case 'c':
+ omap[l->word->word[oind]] = 1;
+ if (opti == 0)
+ opts[opti++] = '-';
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (oind = 0; oind < sizeof (omap); oind++)
+ if (omap[oind])
+ opts[opti++] = oind;
+
+ /* If there are no -a/-A options, but we have a compound assignment,
+ we have a choice: we can set opts[0]='-', opts[1]='a', since the
+ default is to create an indexed array, and call
+ make_internal_declare with that, or we can just skip the -a and let
+ declare_builtin deal with it. Once we're here, we're better set
+ up for the latter, since we don't want to deal with looking up
+ any existing variable here -- better to let declare_builtin do it.
+ We need the variable created, though, especially if it's local, so
+ we get the scoping right before we call do_word_assignment.
+ To ensure that make_local_declare gets called, we add `--' if there
+ aren't any options. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY)) == 0)
+ {
+ if (opti == 0)
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = '-';
+ opts[opti++] = '-';
+ }
+ }
+ opts[opti] = '\0';
+
+ /* This isn't perfect, but it's a start. Improvements later. We expand
+ tlist->word->word and single-quote the results to avoid multiple
+ expansions by, say, do_assignment_internal(). We have to weigh the
+ cost of reconstructing the compound assignment string with its single
+ quoting and letting the declare builtin handle it. The single quotes
+ will prevent any unwanted additional expansion or word splitting. */
+ expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist, (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC) ? 1 : 0);
+
+ skip = 0;
+ if (opti > 0)
+ {
+ t = make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, opts, wcmd ? wcmd->word->word : (char *)0);
+ if (t != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = t;
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_FORCELOCAL) /* non-fatal error */
+ skip = 1;
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (skip == 0)
+ {
+ t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word, 0);
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
+ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
+ tlist->word->word[t] = '\0';
+ if (tlist->word->word[t - 1] == '+')
+ tlist->word->word[t - 1] = '\0'; /* cut off append op */
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY);
+
+ return (tlist);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
static WORD_LIST *
shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
WORD_LIST *tlist;
int eflags;
{
- WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list;
+ WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list, *wcmd;
int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
- char *temp_string;
/* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
- new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ wcmd = new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
{
- temp_string = tlist->word->word;
-
+ if (wcmd == 0 && (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN))
+ wcmd = tlist;
+
next = tlist->next;
- /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
- which are not assignment statements are not expanded. We do
- this only if POSIXLY_CORRECT is enabled. Essentially, we do
- tilde expansion on unquoted assignment statements (flags include
- W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). */
- if (temp_string[0] == '~' ||
- (((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_QUOTED)) == W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
- posixly_correct == 0 &&
- strchr (temp_string, '~') &&
- (unquoted_substring ("=~", temp_string) || unquoted_substring (":~", temp_string))))
- {
- tlist->word->word = bash_tilde_expand (temp_string);
- free (temp_string);
- }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
+ such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
+ it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
+ functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
+ because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
+ its own. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ expand_declaration_argument (tlist, wcmd);
+#endif
expanded_something = 0;
expanded = expand_word_internal
/* Dispose the new list we're building. */
dispose_words (new_list);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
- jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
else
- jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
}
/* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
- Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion. */
+ Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words
+ with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see
+ brace_expand_word_list above). */
static WORD_LIST *
expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
int tint;
+ char *savecmd;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
if (list == 0)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
- new_list = copy_word_list (list);
-
+ garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
{
- new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
+ garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
if (new_list == 0)
{
- if (varlist)
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
{
/* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
into the shell's environment. */
- for (temp_list = varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
{
+ savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
- tint = do_assignment (temp_list->word->word);
+ tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word, 0);
+ this_command_name = savecmd;
/* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
- running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
- if (tint == 0 && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit, unless
+ they are being run by the `command' builtin. */
+ if (tint == 0)
{
last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct && executing_command_builtin == 0)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
}
}
- dispose_words (varlist);
- varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
}
new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
}
- if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && varlist)
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
{
- Function *assign_func;
+ sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func;
+ int is_special_builtin, is_builtin_or_func;
/* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
environment. */
- assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_assignment;
-
- for (temp_list = varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+
+ is_builtin_or_func = (new_list && new_list->word && (find_shell_builtin (new_list->word->word) || find_function (new_list->word->word)));
+ /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
+ occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
+ is_special_builtin = (posixly_correct && new_list && new_list->word && find_special_builtin (new_list->word->word));
+
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
{
+ savecmd = this_command_name;
this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
- tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word->word);
+ assigning_in_environment = (assign_func == assign_in_env);
+ tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word, is_builtin_or_func);
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+ this_command_name = savecmd;
/* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
- if (tint == 0 && assign_func == do_assignment &&
- interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ if (tint == 0)
{
- last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
- jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ if (assign_func == do_word_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else if (interactive_shell == 0 && is_special_builtin)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
}
}
- dispose_words (varlist);
- varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
}
-#if 0
- tint = list_length (new_list) + 1;
- RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (glob_argv_flags, 0, tint, glob_argv_flags_size, 16);
- for (tint = 0, temp_list = new_list; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
- glob_argv_flags[tint++] = (temp_list->word->flags & W_GLOBEXP) ? '1' : '0';
- glob_argv_flags[tint] = '\0';
-#endif
-
return (new_list);
}
projects / thirdparty / bash.git / blobdiff